COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORP /SC/
10-K, 1996-04-01
NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: KCS ENERGY INC, 10KT405, 1996-04-01
Next: MUSICLAND STORES CORP, NT 10-K, 1996-04-01





                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K
                  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                  For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 1995

                         Commission file number: 0-18460

                          COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                   <C>  
                  South Carolina                                                          57-0866395
- --------------------------------------------------                       ---------------------------------------------
         (State or other jurisdiction of                                               (I.R.S. Employer
          incorporation or organization)                                              Identification No.)
               109 Montague Avenue
            Greenwood, South Carolina                                                        29646
- --------------------------------------------------                       ---------------------------------------------
              (Address of principal                                                       (Zip Code)
                executive offices)
</TABLE>


Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (803) 941-8200

           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

                                      None

           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:

                     Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share

         Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

         There is presently no  established  public trading market for shares of
the Registrant's  common stock,  $1.00 par value, and trading in such shares has
been  limited.  Accordingly,  trading  activity  in  the  voting  stock  of  the
Registrant  does not currently  represent a reliable  indicator of the aggregate
market value of the voting stock of the Registrant held by non-affiliates of the
Registrant and the Registrant is unable to estimate such value.

         The number of shares outstanding of the Registrant's common stock as of
March 1, 1996 was 1,160,227.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant's  Proxy Statement in connection with its 1996 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders (Part III).



<PAGE>




                                                      PART I


Item 1.  Business.


General

         Community Capital Corporation (the "Company") is a bank holding company
incorporated  under the laws of the State of South  Carolina  on April 8,  1988.
Until May 26,  1994,  the Company  operated  under the name  Greenwood  National
Bancorporation.   The  Company  is  based  in  Greenwood,   South  Carolina  and
substantially  all of its  operations  are  conducted  through two  wholly-owned
subsidiaries,  Greenwood Bank & Trust, a state chartered  Federal Reserve member
bank  (the  "Greenwood  Bank"),  and  Clemson  Bank & Trust,  a  state-chartered
nonmember  bank (the "Clemson  Bank").  (The Greenwood Bank and the Clemson Bank
are referred to collectively herein as the "Banks.")

         The Greenwood Bank engages in a general  commercial  banking  business,
emphasizing   the  banking  needs  of  individuals  and  small  to  medium-sized
businesses in the Greenwood  Bank's  primary  service area of Greenwood  County,
South  Carolina.  On September 26, 1994,  the Greenwood  Bank  converted  from a
national banking  association to a South Carolina state bank. The conversion did
not  result in any  material  change  in the  nature  of the  operations  of the
Greenwood Bank or the scope of the commercial  banking  services it offers.  The
Greenwood  Bank  continues to be a member of the Federal  Reserve System and the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC").

          The Clemson Bank engages in a general  commercial  banking business in
its primary service area of Pickens County, South Carolina.  The Clemson Bank is
newly organized,  having received final state and federal  regulatory  approvals
for the  commencement  of  operations  in June 1995.  At that time,  the Company
acquired  all of the  common  stock of the  Clemson  Bank  using  $4,500,000  in
proceeds from the  Company's  1995 public  offering of common stock.  The public
offering commenced February 27, 1995 and raised  approximately  $6,250,000 gross
proceeds prior to its expiration in September 1995.


Bank Services

The Greenwood Bank

         The Greenwood Bank engages in a general  commercial  banking  business,
emphasizing   the  banking  needs  of  individuals  and  small  to  medium-sized
businesses in the Greenwood  Bank's  primary  service area of Greenwood  County,
South Carolina. The Greenwood Bank has three banking locations,  one of which is
its principal office, located at 109 Montague Street, Greenwood, South Carolina.
The  Greenwood  Bank  has two  branch  locations,  one of which  is  located  on
Greenwood's Highway 72 By-Pass and the other in Ninety Six, South Carolina.  The
Ninety Six branch commenced banking activities in February 1995.

         The Greenwood Bank offers a full range of commercial banking functions.
Some of the major services provided include checking and savings  accounts,  NOW
accounts, IRA accounts, other savings and time deposits of various types ranging
from  daily  money  market  and  super  money  market  accounts,   to  long-term
certificates of deposit.  All deposit accounts are insured by the FDIC up to the
maximum amount permitted by law. The Greenwood Bank's  transaction  accounts and
time  certificates  are  tailored to its  principal  market area at  competitive
rates.

         The  Greenwood  Bank also  offers a full range of  consumer  credit and
short-term  and  intermediate  term  commercial  and personal  loans.  Among the
Greenwood  Bank's  personal  credit  services are loans to  individuals  for the
purchase of automobiles, mobile homes, boats and other recreational vehicles, as
well  as for  home  improvements,  agricultural  purposes,  business  needs  and
education.  The Greenwood Bank conducts  residential  mortgage loan  origination
activities  pursuant to which first  mortgage loans are sold to investors in the
secondary  markets,  subject to  pre-existing  commitments  from such investors.
Servicing of such loans is not retained by the Greenwood Bank. Commercial credit
services  offered by the Greenwood  Bank consist of secured and unsecured  loans
primarily to


<PAGE>



individuals and small to medium-sized  businesses in the Greenwood
County, South Carolina  area.  These  loans are  available  for  general
operating  purposes, acquisitions of fixed assets,  including real
estate, purchases of equipment and machinery,  financing  of  equipment
and  accounts  receivable,  and for  other business purposes. The
Greenwood Bank offers VISA(R) credit card accounts together with related
lines of credit.  The lines of credit  may be used for  overdraft
protection  as  well as a  pre-authorized  credit  for  personal
purchases  and expenses.

         The  Greenwood  Bank also provides  safe deposit  boxes,  wire transfer
services,  travelers  checks,  and direct deposit of payroll and social security
checks.   Discount  securities   brokerage  services  are  available  through  a
third-party brokerage service. In addition, the Greenwood Bank participates in a
regional network of automated teller machines that may be used by Greenwood Bank
customers  in major  cities  throughout  the  Southeast.  In January  1995,  the
Greenwood Bank obtained  regulatory  approvals for the commencement of trust and
related fiduciary  services by a newly-formed  trust  department.  The Greenwood
Bank does not provide international banking services.

The Clemson Bank

         The Clemson Bank engages in a general  commercial  banking  business in
the Clemson,  South Carolina community,  providing personalized banking services
with emphasis on the  individual  financial  needs and objectives of individuals
and small to  medium-sized  businesses.  Substantially  all credit  and  related
decisions  are made  locally,  facilitating  prompt  response.  The Clemson Bank
emphasizes a commitment  to the  industrial  and business  growth of the Clemson
community  and Pickens  County area.  The principal  operating  facility for the
Clemson Bank is at 528 Old Greenville Highway within the city limits of Clemson,
South Carolina on property the Clemson Bank leases from the Company.

         The  principal  business  of the  Clemson  Bank  is the  acceptance  of
deposits  from the  public and the  making of loans and other  investments.  The
Clemson Bank offers the same full range of deposit and other  services  that are
offered by the Greenwood Bank. See "The Greenwood  Bank." The principal  sources
of funds for the Clemson Bank's loans and investments are demand,  time, savings
and other deposits, amortization loans or participations in loans, fees received
from other lenders or  institutions  for servicing loans sold to such lenders or
institutions,  and  borrowings.  In  addition,  a portion  of the funds  used to
capitalize  the Clemson  Bank have been used by the Clemson  Bank to fund loans.
The principal  sources of income for the Clemson Bank are the servicing of loans
sold to other  lenders or  institutions  and, to a lesser  extent,  interest and
dividends collected on other investments.  The principal expenses of the Clemson
Bank are interest paid on savings and other  deposits  (including NOW accounts),
interest paid on other  borrowings by the Clemson Bank,  employee  compensation,
office expenses and other overhead expenses.

         Through  December  1995,  the  Clemson  Bank  used  facilities  of  the
Greenwood Bank for data  processing,  resulting in significant  monetary savings
for the Clemson  Bank. In January 1996,  the  Greenwood  Bank's data  processing
facilities,  including certain of its computer and item-sorting equipment,  were
transferred  to  the  Company.  As a  result,  the  Company  now  performs  data
processing functions for the Banks upon terms that the managements of both Banks
believe is competitive  with those offered by unaffiliated  third-party  service
bureaus.  The Company also administers certain operating functions for the Banks
where cost savings can be achieved.  Included in such  operations are regulatory
compliance,   personnel  and  internal  audit  functions.  The  Company's  costs
associated with the performance of such services are allocated between the Banks
based on each Bank's total assets.

Competition

         Banks generally compete with other financial  institutions  through the
selection of banking products and services offered, the pricing of services, the
level of service provided,  the convenience and availability of services and the
degree of expertise and the personal manner in which services are offered. South
Carolina law permits statewide branching by banks and savings institutions,  and
many financial  institutions  in the state have branch  networks.  Consequently,
commercial banking in South Carolina is highly  competitive.  South Carolina law
also permits  regional  interstate  banking  whereby  bank holding  companies in
certain  southeastern  states are  allowed to  acquire  depository  institutions
within South Carolina. Many large banking organizations currently operate in the
market areas of both the Greenwood  Bank and the Clemson Bank,  several of which
are  controlled by  out-of-state  ownership.  In addition,  competition  between
commercial  banks and  thrift  institutions  (savings  institutions  and  credit
unions) has been  intensified  significantly by the elimination of many previous
distinctions  between  the  various  types  of  financial  institutions  and the
expanded  powers  and  increased  activity  of thrift  institutions  in areas of
banking which

                                                         3

<PAGE>



previously  had been the sole domain of commercial  banks.  Recent  legislation,
together with other regulatory  changes by the primary regulators of the various
financial  institutions,  has  resulted  in  the  almost  total  elimination  of
practical  distinctions  between  a  commercial  bank and a thrift  institution.
Consequently,  competition among financial  institutions of all types is largely
unlimited  with respect to legal ability and authority to provide most financial
services.  Furthermore,  as a consequence of legislation recently enacted by the
United States  Congress,  national  banks not  previously  allowed to operate in
South Carolina will be allowed to commence  operations and compete in the Banks'
primary service areas if the South Carolina  legislature does not elect to limit
the reach of such federal  legislation  within South  Carolina.  See "Government
Supervision and Regulation -- Interstate Banking."

         Each   of   the   Banks   faces   increased   competition   from   both
federally-chartered  and state-chartered  financial and thrift institutions,  as
well as credit unions, consumer finance companies, insurance companies and other
institutions in the Banks'  respective  market areas.  Some of these competitors
are not subject to the same degree of regulation  and  restriction  imposed upon
the Banks.  Many of these competitors also have broader  geographic  markets and
substantially  greater  resources  and  lending  limits than the Banks and offer
certain services such as trust banking that the Banks do not currently  provide.
In addition,  many of these  competitors  have numerous  branch offices  located
throughout the extended market areas of the Banks that the Company  believes may
provide these  competitors with an advantage in geographic  convenience that the
Banks do not have at present. Such competitors may also be in a position to make
more  effective  use of  media  advertising,  support  services  and  electronic
technology than can either of the Banks.

         The  management of each of the Banks  believes that each Bank's ability
to compete with other financial  institutions  in its respective  market area is
enhanced  by its  posture as a  locally-managed  bank with a broad base of local
ownership  and by its  relatively  small size which  permits it to offer what it
believes  to be more  personalized  service  than many of its  competitors.  The
competitive  strategy  of  the  Banks  consists  of  competing  against  savings
institutions  by  offering  more  competitive   mortgage   products,   supplying
commercial  lending  services  that  savings  institutions  generally  have  not
offered, and offering professionals and high income customers the opportunity to
conduct  personal  and  commercial  banking  business  in one  institution.  The
competitive  strategy  against  the other  major  commercial  banks and  savings
institutions  in the Banks'  respective  market areas consists of approving loan
requests more quickly with a local loan committee, operating with more flexible,
but equally prudent,  lending policies,  personalizing service by establishing a
long-term  banking  relationship  with the  customer,  having a higher  ratio of
employees to customers to ensure a higher level of service, and offering special
services for area businesses and professions  such as arranging  borrowings from
institutional  investors  and  providing  conduits  to equity  markets,  venture
capital and possibly  institutional  investors.  Although some of these services
are offered by the other major banks and savings  institutions doing business in
the  Banks'  respective  market  areas,  management  believes  that all of these
services are generally not combined in an  effective,  personalized  package for
the benefit of the Banks' target customers,  primarily  consisting of individual
consumers, professionals and small businesses.

         Currently there are six other commercial banks, one savings institution
and  approximately  six credit unions  operating in the Greenwood Bank's primary
service area, and four other commercial  banks, one savings  institution and one
credit union operating in the Clemson Bank's primary service area.


Employees

         The  Company  currently  has  eighteen  full-time  employees  and three
part-time employees.  The Greenwood Bank currently employs twenty-nine full-time
employees and no part-time  employees.  The Clemson Bank currently  employs nine
full-time employees and no part-time employees.


Government Supervision and Regulation

General

         The  Company and the Banks are subject to an  extensive  collection  of
state  and  federal   banking  laws  and   regulations   which  impose  specific
requirements and restrictions on, and provide for general  regulatory  oversight
with  respect  to,  virtually  all  aspects  of the  Company's  and  the  Banks'
operations. The Company and the Banks are also

                                                         4

<PAGE>



affected by government  monetary policy and by regulatory measures affecting the
banking  industry in general.  The actions of the Federal  Reserve System affect
the money supply and, in general,  the Banks' lending abilities in increasing or
decreasing the cost and  availability of funds to the Banks.  Additionally,  the
Federal  Reserve System  regulates the  availability  of bank credit in order to
combat recession and curb  inflationary  pressures in the economy by open market
operations in United States government securities,  changes in the discount rate
on member bank  borrowings,  changes in the reserve  requirements  against  bank
deposits  and  limitations  on  interest  rates  which banks may pay on time and
savings deposits.

         During  1989 and 1991,  the United  States  Congress  enacted two major
pieces of banking legislation:  The Financial Institutions Reform,  Recovery and
Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA") and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Improvement  Act of 1991  ("FDICIA").  The FIRREA and FDICIA have  significantly
changed the commercial  banking industry through,  among other things,  revising
and  limiting  the types and  amounts  of  investment  authority,  significantly
increasing minimum regulatory capital requirements, and broadening the scope and
power of federal bank and thrift  regulators  over  financial  institutions  and
affiliated  persons  in  order  to  protect  the  deposit  insurance  funds  and
depositors.  These  laws,  and  the  resulting  implementing  regulations,  have
subjected  the Banks and the Company to extensive  regulation,  supervision  and
examination  by the FDIC.  This has  resulted  in  increased  deposit  insurance
premiums and increased administrative, professional and compensation expenses in
complying with a substantially increased number of new regulations and policies.
The regulatory structure created by these laws gives the regulatory  authorities
extensive  authority  in  connection  with  their  supervisory  and  enforcement
activities and examination policies.

         The  following  is a brief  summary  of  certain  statutes,  rules  and
regulations  affecting  the Company and the Banks.  This summary is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory  provisions
referred to below and is not  intended to be an  exhaustive  description  of the
statutes or regulations applicable to the business of the Company and the Banks.
Any change in applicable laws or regulations may have a material  adverse effect
on the business and prospects of the Company and the Banks.

The Company

         The Company is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Federal
Bank  Holding  Company  Act of 1956,  as  amended  (the  "BHCA"),  and the South
Carolina Bank Holding Company Act, as amended (the "South  Carolina  Act").  The
Company is registered  with both the Federal Reserve System and the State Board.
The Company is required to file with both of these  agencies  annual reports and
other   information   regarding  its  business   operations  and  those  of  its
subsidiaries.  It is  also  subject  to  the  supervision  of,  and  to  regular
examinations by, these agencies.


         The BHCA  requires  every  bank  holding  company  to obtain  the prior
approval of the Federal  Reserve Board before (i) it or any of its  subsidiaries
(other than a bank) acquires  substantially  all of the assets of any bank, (ii)
it acquires  ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if after such
acquisition it would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the
voting  shares of such bank, or (iii) it merges or  consolidates  with any other
bank holding  company.  Under the South Carolina Act, it is unlawful without the
prior  approval of the South  Carolina Board for any South Carolina bank holding
company (i) to acquire  direct or indirect  ownership or control of more than 5%
of the voting  shares of any bank or any other  bank  holding  company,  (ii) to
acquire  all or  substantially  all of the  assets of a bank or any  other  bank
holding  company,  or (iii) to merge or consolidate  with any other bank holding
company.

         The BHCA and the Federal  Change in Bank  Control  Act,  together  with
regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board, require that, depending on
the particular  circumstances,  either the Federal Reserve Board's approval must
be obtained or notice must be  furnished  to the Federal  Reserve  Board and not
disapproved  prior to any person or company  acquiring control of a bank holding
company,  such  as the  Company,  subject  to  certain  exemptions  for  certain
transactions.

         Under the BHCA, a bank holding  company is  generally  prohibited  from
engaging  in, or  acquiring  direct or  indirect  control of more than 5% of the
voting  shares of any company  engaged  in,  nonbanking  activities,  unless the
Federal Reserve Board, by order or regulation,  has found those activities to be
so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper
incident thereto. Some of the activities that the Federal Reserve


                                                         5

<PAGE>



Board has  determined by regulation to be proper  incidents to the business of a
bank holding  company  include  making or servicing  loans and certain  types of
leases,  engaging  in  certain  insurance  and  discount  brokerage  activities,
performing certain data processing services,  acting in certain circumstances as
a fiduciary or investment or financial adviser,  owning savings associations and
making  investments in certain  corporations or projects  designed  primarily to
promote community  welfare.  The Company is also restricted in its activities by
the provisions of the  Glass-Steagall  Act of 1933,  which prohibits the Company
from owning subsidiaries that are engaged  principally in the issue,  flotation,
underwriting,   public  sale  or  distribution  of  securities.  The  regulatory
requirements  to which the Company is subject also set forth various  conditions
regarding the eligibility and qualifications of its directors and officers.

The Greenwood Bank

         Prior to September 26, 1994,  the Greenwood Bank operated as a national
banking association  incorporated under the laws of the United States.  Pursuant
to the  Certificate  of Conversion  filed with the South  Carolina  Secretary of
State and a notice  forwarded to the Office of the  Comptroller  of the Currency
(the "OCC"),  the  Greenwood  Bank was converted as of September 26, 1994 from a
national banking association to a South Carolina chartered banking  corporation.
The Greenwood Bank remains a member of the Federal  Reserve System and the FDIC.
The  operations  of  the  Greenwood  Bank  are  subject  to  various   statutory
requirements and rules and regulations promulgated and enforced primarily by the
State Board,  the Federal  Reserve  System and the FDIC. The State Board and the
FDIC regulate or monitor all areas of the Greenwood Bank's operations, including
security devices and procedures,  adequacy of capitalization  and loss reserves,
loans,  investments,  borrowings,  deposits,  mergers,  issuances of securities,
payment of dividends, interest rates payable on deposits, interest rates or fees
chargeable  on loans,  establishment  of  branches,  corporate  reorganizations,
maintenance  of books and records,  and  adequacy of staff  training to carry on
safe lending and deposit gathering practices.

         The Federal Reserve System also requires the Greenwood Bank to maintain
certain capital ratios (see "Federal Capital  Regulations"),  and the provisions
of the  Federal  Reserve  Act  require  the  Greenwood  Bank to observe  certain
restrictions  on any  extensions  of  credit  to the  Company,  or with  certain
exceptions, other affiliates, on investments in the stock or other securities of
other banks,  and on the taking of such stock or  securities  as  collateral  on
loans to any  borrower.  In addition,  the  Greenwood  Bank is  prohibited  from
engaging in certain  tie-in  arrangements  in  connection  with any extension of
credit, or the providing of any property or service. The regulatory requirements
to which  the  Greenwood  Bank are  subject  also set forth  various  conditions
regarding the eligibility and qualification of its of directors and officers.

The Clemson Bank

         As a South  Carolina-chartered  banking corporation and a member of the
FDIC, the Clemson Bank is subject to various  statutory  requirements  and rules
and regulations  promulgated  and enforced  primarily by the State Board and the
FDIC. The State Board and the FDIC regulate and monitor all areas of the Clemson
Bank's  operations,  including  security  devices  and  procedures,  adequacy of
capitalization  and loss reserves,  loans,  investments,  borrowings,  deposits,
mergers, issuances of securities,  payment of dividends,  interest rates payable
on  deposits,  interest  rates or fees  chargeable  on loans,  establishment  of
branches,  corporate mergers, sales and similar reorganizations,  maintenance of
books and records,  and adequacy of staff  training to carry on safe lending and
deposit gathering  practices.  In addition,  the Clemson Bank is prohibited from
engaging in certain  tie-in  arrangements  in  connection  with any extension of
credit, or the providing of any property or service. The regulatory requirements
to which the Clemson Bank is subject also set forth various conditions regarding
the eligibility and qualification of its directors and officers.

Dividends

         Although  the Company is not  presently  subject to any direct legal or
regulatory  restrictions  on  dividends  (other  than the South  Carolina  state
business  corporation law  requirements  that dividends may be paid only if such
payment would not render the Company insolvent or unable to meet its obligations
as they come due),  the  Company's  ability to pay cash  dividends  will  depend
entirely  upon the amount of  dividends  paid by each of the Banks and any other
subsequently acquired entities. The Banks are subject to regulatory restrictions
on the payment of dividends,  including the  prohibition of payment of dividends
from each Bank's  capital.  All  dividends  of the Banks must be paid out of the
respective  undivided profits then on hand, after deducting expenses,  including
losses and bad debts. In


                                                         6

<PAGE>



addition,  as a member of the Federal  Reserve  System,  the  Greenwood  Bank is
prohibited  from  declaring a dividend  on its shares of common  stock until its
surplus equals its stated capital,  unless there has been transferred to surplus
no  less  than  one-tenth  of such  bank's  net  profits  of the  preceding  two
consecutive  half-year  periods  (in the  case of an  annual  dividend)  and the
approval of the Federal  Reserve Board is required if the total of all dividends
declared by the Greenwood Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net
profits for that year combined with the  Greenwood  Bank's  retained net profits
for the preceding two years, less any required  transfers to surplus.  The Banks
are subject to various other federal and state  regulatory  restrictions  on the
payment of dividends,  including  receipt of the approval of the South  Carolina
Commissioner of Banking prior to paying dividends to the Company.

FIRREA

         The  FIRREA  was  enacted  on August 9, 1989 and has had a  significant
impact on the  operations  of all financial  institutions,  including the Banks.
FIRREA,  among other things,  abolished the Federal  Savings and Loan  Insurance
Corporation and  established  two new insurance funds under the  jurisdiction of
the FDIC:  the Savings  Association  Fund and the Bank Insurance Fund (see "FDIC
Regulations").  FIRREA also imposed, with certain exceptions, a "cross guaranty"
on the part of commonly  controlled  depository  institutions such as the Banks.
Under this provision,  if one depository  institution subsidiary of a multi-bank
holding  company  fails or  requires  FDIC  assistance,  the  FDIC may  assess a
commonly controlled depository  institution for the estimated losses suffered by
the FDIC.  Consequently,  each of the Banks is subject to assessment by the FDIC
related to any loss  suffered by the FDIC arising out of the  operations  of the
other  Bank.  The  FDIC's  claim  is  junior  to  the  claims  of  nonaffiliated
depositors,  holders of secured liabilities,  general creditors and subordinated
creditors but is superior to the claims of shareholders.


FDIC Regulations

         The FDIC  establishes  rates for the payment of  premiums by  federally
insured  banks and  thrifts  for  deposit  insurance.  Deposits in the Banks are
insured by the FDIC up to a maximum  amount  (generally  $100,000 per depositor,
subject to  aggregation  rules).  A separate Bank  Insurance Fund (the "BIF") is
maintained for commercial  banks with insurance  premiums from the industry used
to offset losses from insurance  payouts when banks fail. The Banks pay premiums
to the BIF on their  deposits.  Due to the high rate of bank  failures in recent
years, the fees that commercial  banks pay to the BIF have increased.  Beginning
in 1993,  the  FDIC  adopted  a rule  which  establishes  a  risk-based  deposit
insurance premium system for all insured depository institutions,  including the
Banks.

Federal Capital Regulations

         In an effort to  achieve a measure  of  capital  adequacy  that is more
sensitive to the individual risk profiles of financial institutions, pursuant to
the  provisions of the FDICIA,  the Federal  Reserve  Board,  the FDIC and other
federal banking agencies have adopted risk-based capital adequacy guidelines for
banking  organizations  insured by the FDIC,  including each of the Banks. These
guidelines redefine  traditional capital ratios to take into account assessments
of risks related to each balance sheet  category,  as well as off-balance  sheet
financing activities. The guidelines define a two-tier capital framework. Tier 1
capital consists of common and qualifying preferred  stockholders'  equity, less
goodwill  and  other   adjustments.   Tier  2  capital   consists  of  mandatory
convertible,  subordinated and other  qualifying term debt,  preferred stock not
qualifying  for Tier 1,  and the  allowance  for  credit  losses  up to 1.25% or
risk-weighted  assets.  Under  the  guidelines,  institutions  must  maintain  a
specified  minimum ratio of "qualifying"  capital to  risk-weighted  assets.  At
least  50% of an  institution's  qualifying  capital  must be "core" or "Tier 1"
capital,  and the  balance  may be  "supplementary"  or  "Tier 2"  capital.  The
guidelines imposed on the Company and the Banks include a minimum leverage ratio
standard  of  capital  adequacy.   The  leverage  standard  requires   top-rated
institutions  to maintain a minimum  Tier 1 capital to assets  ratio of 3%, with
institutions  receiving  less than the  highest  rating  required  to maintain a
minimum ratio of 4% or greater,  based upon their particular  circumstances  and
risk profiles.  As of December 31, 1995, the guidelines require achievement of a
minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8% and a minimum ratio
of Tier 1 capital risk-weighted assets of 4%.

         Both the  Company's  and the Banks'  leverage  and  risk-based  capital
ratios at December 31, 1995 exceeded their  respective  fully phased-in  minimum
requirements.




                                                         7

<PAGE>



Other Regulations

         Interest and certain other charges  collected or contracted  for by the
Banks are  subject  to state  usury laws and  certain  federal  laws  concerning
interest  rates.  The Banks' loan operations are also subject to certain federal
laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the federal Truth-In-Lending Act
governing  disclosures  of credit  terms to consumer  borrowers,  the  Community
Reinvestment  Act  of  1977  requiring  financial  institutions  to  meet  their
obligations to provide for the total credit needs of the communities they serve,
including investing their assets in loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers,
the Home Mortgage  Disclosure Act of 1975 requiring  financial  institutions  to
provide  information  to enable  the pubic and  public  officials  to  determine
whether a financial  institution is fulfilling its  obligations to help meet the
housing  needs of the  community  it serves,  the Equal Credit  Opportunity  Act
prohibiting  discrimination  on the  basis  of race,  creed or other  prohibited
factors in extending credit,  the Fair Credit Reporting Act governing the manner
in which consumer debts may be collected by collection  agencies,  and the rules
and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the  responsibility
of implementing such federal laws. The deposit  operations of the Banks also are
subject to the Right to Financial  Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain
confidentiality  of consumer  financial  records and  prescribes  procedures for
complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records, and the Electronic
Funds  Transfer  Act and  Regulation  E issued by the Federal  Reserve  Board to
implement  that Act, which govern  automatic  deposits to and  withdrawals  from
deposit accounts and customers'  rights and liabilities  arising from the use of
automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.

Interstate Banking

         In 1986,  South Carolina  adopted  legislation  which permits banks and
bank holding  companies  in certain  southern  states to acquire  banks in South
Carolina to the extent that such other states have reciprocal  legislation which
is applicable to South  Carolina  banks and bank holding  companies,  and to the
extent the South Carolina  banking  organization  to be acquired has continually
operated as a bank for a period of five years.  This  legislation  resulted in a
number of South Carolina banks being acquired by large out-of-state bank holding
companies.  Size gives the larger banks  certain  advantages  in  competing  for
business from large corporations. These advantages include higher lending limits
and the  ability to offer  services  in other  areas of South  Carolina  and the
region.  As a result,  the Company does not generally attempt to compete for the
banking  relationships  of large  corporations,  but concentrates its efforts on
small to medium-sized businesses and on individuals. The Company believes it has
competed  effectively  in this  market  segment by  offering  quality,  personal
service.

         On September 29, 1994, the federal  government  enacted the Riegle-Neal
Interstate  Banking and Branching  Efficiency Act of 1994 (the "1994 Act").  The
provisions of the 1994 Act became effective on September 29, 1995, at which time
eligible  bank  holding  companies  in any state were  permitted,  with  Federal
Reserve Board approval,  to acquire banking organizations in any other state. As
such, all existing regional compacts (such as the Southeastern  Regional banking
compact  recognized by the South  Carolina Act) and  substantially  all existing
regional  limitations on interstate  acquisitions of banking  organizations have
been  eliminated,  although the  provisions  of the South  Carolina Act limiting
acquisition  targets  to those  organizations  with  five  years  of  continuous
operations in South Carolina will continue to be given effect.

         The  1994  Act  also   removed   substantially   all  of  the  existing
prohibitions  on interstate  branching by national  banks.  On and after June 1,
1997, a national bank  operating in any state may establish one or more branches
within any other state without,  as currently  required,  the establishment of a
separate  banking  structure  within the other  state.  Interstate  branching is
allowed earlier than the automatic  phase-in date of June 1, 1997 as long as the
legislatures of both states involved have adopted statutes expressly  permitting
such  branching  to take place at an  earlier  date.  The 1994 Act allows  state
legislatures to opt-out of these  interstate  branching  provisions prior to the
June 1,  1997  phase-in  date.  If a state  opts-out  of  interstate  branching,
national  banks  operating  outside  of  such  state  will  be  prohibited  from
establishing  a separate  bank  structure  in such  state,  and  national  banks
operating  inside  such state  likewise  will be  prohibited  from  establishing
branches outside of such state. States that do not opt-out will retain the right
to require out-of state bank holding companies and national banks to comply with
certain  permitted  state rules governing  entry.  Although the 1994 Act has the
potential to increase the number of  competitors  in the  marketplace of each of
the Banks,  the Company cannot predict the actual impact of such  legislation on
the competitive position of either of the Banks.



                                                         8

<PAGE>



         As of the date of this report,  legislation  responding  to the opt-out
provision of the 1994 Act or addressing  the ability of state banks to engage in
interstate branching has not been adopted by the South Carolina legislature.

Item 2.  Properties.

         The Company and the Greenwood Bank own  approximately two acres of land
comprised  of several  parcels  in  Greenwood,  South  Carolina.  The  Company's
executive  offices  are  located  in the  Greenwood  Bank's  8,200  square  foot
headquarters  building  at 109  Montague  Street on land owned by the  Greenwood
Bank. The Greenwood Bank also operates a branch location of approximately  2,000
square feet on  Greenwood's  Highway 72 by-pass.  The land and building  housing
this branch are owned by the Company and are leased to the Greenwood  Bank.  The
Company leases approximately  two-thirds of an acre of land in Ninety Six, South
Carolina  from John S.  Drummond,  a director of the  Company and the  Greenwood
Bank,  and owns a 715 square  foot  building  located on such leased  land.  The
Company has subleased the building and land in Ninety Six to the Greenwood  Bank
for its branch  location in that  community.  The Clemson Bank operates out of a
1,000 square foot building located on approximately one and a half acres of land
at 528 Old Greenville Highway in Clemson, South Carolina. The building is leased
by the  Clemson  Bank from an  unaffiliated  third-party.  The land on which the
building  is located is owned by the  Company and is leased by it to the Clemson
Bank.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.

         None.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

         None.

                                     PART II

Item 5.  Market  for  Registrant's  Common  Equity and  Related  Shareholder
         Matters.

         There is presently no  established  public trading market for shares of
the Common  Stock and trading  activity in such shares has been  limited.  Price
information  for the Common Stock is available  from Edgar M. Norris Co.,  Inc.,
Interstate/Johnson  Lane  Corporation  and J.C.  Bradford & Co. with  respect to
stock trades executed by such companies.  There is no available  composite index
of trading and pricing of the Common Stock.  Occasionally,  trading transactions
have been  effected  through  the efforts of officers of the Company in matching
interested  purchasers  with  shareholders  who have  expressed  an  interest in
selling their shares. Substantially all private trading has occurred without any
participation  of officers of the Company  other than to record the  transfer in
the Company's shareholder records.  Accordingly,  management is not aware of the
prices at which  all  shares of Common  Stock  have  traded.  The range of share
prices in the limited number of arm's length Common Stock  transactions known to
management are $8.50 to $9.00 in 1991,  $7.50 to $10.00 in 1992, $8.00 to $10.00
in 1993,  $10.25  to  $10.50  in 1994  and  $10.50  to  $13.00  in  1995.  These
transactions  may not,  however,  be  representative  of all transactions in the
Common Stock and are not necessarily  indicative of the price at which shares of
Common Stock could be bought or sold.  Five percent Common Stock  dividends were
paid by the Company to shareholders of record in September 1993,  April 1994 and
April 1995. If an active trading  market had existed for the Common Stock,  such
stock dividends could have been expected to generate a proportionate decrease in
the market price of the Common  Stock.  In the absence of an active or otherwise
established  trading market for the Common Stock, the actual effect,  if any, of
these stock  dividends on share prices is not  determinable.  As of December 31,
1995 there were approximately  1,153,060 shares of Common Stock outstanding held
by approximately 1,339 shareholders of record.

         The Company has not declared or  distributed  any cash dividends to its
shareholders  since its organization in 1988, and it is not likely that any cash
dividends will be declared in the  foreseeable  future.  If declared,  it is not
known what the amount of such dividends would be or whether such dividends would
continue for future  periods.  The Board of Directors of the Company  intends to
follow a policy of retaining any earnings to provide funds to operate and expand
the  businesses  of the Company and the Banks for the  foreseeable  future.  The
future  dividend policy of the Company is subject to the discretion of the Board
of  Directors  and  will  depend  upon a number  of  factors,  including  future
earnings,  financial condition, cash need, and general business conditions.  The
Company's ability to distribute


                                                         9

<PAGE>



cash  dividends  will depend  entirely  upon the Banks'  abilities to distribute
dividends to the Company.  As  state-chartered  banks,  the Banks are subject to
legal  limitations  on the amount of  dividends  each is  permitted  to pay.  In
particular,   the  Banks  must  receive  the  approval  of  the  South  Carolina
Commissioner of Banking prior to paying  dividends to the Company.  Furthermore,
neither of the Banks nor the Company  may declare or pay a cash  dividend on any
of their  capital  stock if they are insolvent or if the payment of the dividend
would render them  insolvent or unable to pay their  obligations  as they become
due  in the  ordinary  course  of  business.  See  "Item 1. Business. -- 
Government  Supervision  and Regulation -- Dividends."


Item 6.   Selected Financial Data.

      The following table sets forth certain selected  financial data concerning
the  Company.  The  selected  financial  data has been  derived from the audited
consolidated  financial  statements of the Company  which,  have been audited by
Tourville, Simpson & Henderson, independent accountants. This information should
be read in conjunction  with "Item 7 -  Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             1995      1994             1993          1992         1991
                                                             ----     -------         --------      --------     ------

Income Statement Data:                                           (Dollars in thousands, except for share amounts)
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>          <C> 
Interest income........................................  $      6,147 $     4,340     $  3,794      $  3,315     $  3,159
Interest expense.......................................         2,948       1,693        1,600         1,642        1,930
Net interest income....................................         3,199       2,647        2,194         1,673        1,229
Provision for loan losses..............................           122          14           80           227          173
Net interest income after provision for loan losses....         3,087       2,633        2,114         1,446        1,056
Other income...........................................           777         514          776           631          447
Other expense..........................................         3,069       2,261        2,121         1,787        1,462
Income tax expense.....................................           261         301          255           102            7
Income (loss) before extraordinary credit and
   accounting change...................................           534         585          513           187           34
Extraordinary credit...................................           -0-         -0-          -0-           102            7
Accounting change......................................           -0-         -0-           47           -0-          -0-
Net income (loss)......................................           534         585          560           289           41
Weighted average common shares outstanding (2).........     1,019,176     729,997      676,322       675,984      675,984
Net income (loss) per share (2)........................  $        .58 $       .88 $        .83  $        .43 $        .06
Balance Sheet Data:
Assets.................................................  $     96,100 $    65,071    $  58,970     $  49,281    $  39,302
Net loans..............................................        62,532      49,985       44,067        33,993       28,080
Securities held for sale...............................        22,446       5,932        7,949         7,466        5,174
Investment securities..................................           -0-       1,684          -0-           -0-          -0-
Deposits:
   Interest bearing....................................        63,691      42,178       41,017        36,350       31,223
   Non-interest bearing................................         9,447       6,968        4,974         4,620        3,022
Stockholders equity (1)................................        12,932       6,079        5,419         4,844        4,554

</TABLE>
- --------------------- 
(1)    Cash  dividends  have not been paid or declared  since  inception  of the
       Company in 1988.
(2)    Restated for the effects of 5% Stock dividends in 1995, 1994 and 1993.




                                                        10

<PAGE>



Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
         of Operations.

      The following  discussion and analysis is intended to assist the reader in
understanding  the financial  condition and results of operations of the Company
and  the  Banks.  This  commentary  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the
consolidated  financial  statements of the Company and the related notes and the
other statistical information set forth elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

1995 COMPARED TO 1994

For the year ended December 31,1995,  net income was $533,868 or $.58 per share,
a decrease of $50,988 or $.26 per share when  compared  to 1994 net income.  The
organization  of the  Clemson  Bank was the  main  contributing  factor  for the
decrease in net income as the Company  incurred  one-time  charges and increased
overhead which  negatively  impacted 1995 earnings.  Non-interest  expenses were
$3,069,283  in 1995  compared to  $2,260,748 in 1994, an increase of $808,535 or
35.8%.  The negative  effects of the increase in other  expenses were  partially
offset by the $552,142,  or 20.9%, increase in net interest income over the 1994
amount  of   $2,646,587.   Volume   increases   in  all  major   categories   of
interest-earning  assets and interest-bearing  liabilities were the main factors
contributing to the improvement in net interest income.

1994 COMPARED TO 1993

Net income for the year ended December 31, 1994 was $584,856, or $.84 per share,
compared to $560,322,  or $.79 per share,  for the year ended December 31, 1993.
Among  the more  significant  factors  contributing  to the  improvement  was an
increase in net interest  income of $452,617,  or 20.6%,  mitigated in part by a
decrease in other  operating  income of $262,491,  or 33.9%.  Also,  in 1993 the
Company  recorded a benefit of $46,730 from a change in the method of accounting
for income taxes which did not recur in 1994.

DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

The  following  table  presents  the  percentage  relationships  of  significant
components  of the  Company's  average  balance  sheets  for the last two fiscal
years.


                                                        11

<PAGE>



DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY -continued

Balance Sheet Categories as a Percent of Average Total Assets

                                                          December 31,
                                                       1995          1994
                                                      --------     -------

Assets:
Interest earning assets
  Federal funds sold                                     2.27%      1.78%
  Deposits with other banks                                          .27
  Investment securities, net                            18.42      12.88
  Loans                                                 70.26      76.42
                                                       ------     ------
    Total interest earning assets                       90.95      91.35
                                                       ------     ------

Cash and due from banks                                  3.52       3.31
Allowance for loan losses                                (.77)      (.94)
Premises and equipment                                   2.92       2.90
Other assets                                             3.38       3.38
                                                       ------     ------
   Total assets                                        100.00%    100.00%
                                                       ======     ======

Liabilities and stockholders' equity:
Interest bearing transaction accounts                    7.84%      9.24%
Savings accounts                                        18.76      19.48
Certificates of deposit                                 38.38      38.80
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements        3.06       1.13
Notes payable                                             .11
Federal Home Loan Bank advances                          8.50      10.74
                                                       ------     ------
   Total interest bearing liabilities                   76.65      79.39
                                                       ------     ------

Non-interest bearing deposits                           10.54      10.28
Accrued interest and other liabilities                    .82        .87
                                                       ------     ------
   Total liabilities                                    88.01      90.54
                                                       ------     ------

Stockholders' equity                                    11.99       9.46
                                                       ------     ------

   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity          100.00%    100.00%
                                                       ======     ======

NET INTEREST INCOME

Earnings are dependent, to a large degree, on net interest income. It represents
the difference between gross interest earned on earning assets,  primarily loans
and investment securities, and interest incurred on deposits and borrowed funds.
Net  interest  income is affected by the  interest  rates  earned or paid and by
volume changes in loans, investment securities, deposits and borrowed funds.

Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 1995 was $3,198,729 compared
to  $2,646,587  in 1994,  an increase of $552,142 or 20.9%.  The  interest  rate
spread  decreased  to 3.72% in 1995  from  4.32% in 1994,  and the net  yield on
earning assets,  commonly  referred to as net interest margin,  fell to 4.49% in
1995 compared to 4.78% in 1994. These key ratios were significantly  affected by
strategies   to   improve   liquidity   and  reduce   the   loans-to-funds   and
loans-to-assets  ratios  recommended  by the Board of  Directors  and to attract
customers  dissatisfied with recent mergers and acquisitions of larger state and
regional banks which moved  corporate  headquarters  and operations out of South
Carolina. This was accomplished by management's  implementation of a competitive
pricing program on  certificates  of deposit and other interest  bearing deposit
accounts.

The  higher  volume  of  earning  assets,  particularly  real  estate  loans and
investment  securities,  contributed  significantly  to the  improvements in net
interest  income.  Average  interest  earning assets in 1995 were  approximately
$71,214,000,  an increase of 28.7% over 1994.  The  increase in earning  assets,
coupled with a 79 basis point increase in the yield


                                                        12

<PAGE>



on earning assets due to a higher overall interest rate environment, resulted in
a $1,807,345  improvement in gross interest income. The cost of interest bearing
liabilities  increased  from 3.52% in 1994 to 4.91% in 1995,  a 139 basis  point
increase. The increase in interest expense from $1,693,049 in 1994 to $2,948,252
in 1995,  represented a 74% increase.  Other factors  contributing  to growth in
interest earning assets,  interest bearing liabilities,  and net interest income
were the  opening of a new branch in February  1995,  the opening of the Clemson
Bank in June 1995, and trust activities which began in January 1995.

For the year ended December 31, 1994,  net interest  income was  $2,646,587,  an
increase of  $452,617,  or 20.6%,  over the amount  recorded  in 1993.  Interest
earned on real estate loans increased $567,865,  or 29.3%, during 1994 and was a
result of both higher  interest  rates earned and a higher volume of real estate
loans in the portfolio. Although interest rates increased during 1994, increases
in the prime  lending  rate had not,  at  December  31,  1994,  translated  into
proportionate  market  pressure  to  increase  interest  rates  paid on  deposit
accounts.  As a result,  for the year  ended  December  31,  1994,  the  Company
benefitted  from an 8 basis point  overall  reduction  in the cost of funds from
that paid in 1993.  When  compared  to the year ended  December  31,  1993,  net
interest  spread  increased  33 basis  points to 4.32% and net yield on  earning
assets  increased 61 basis  points to 4.78%  during the year ended  December 31,
1994.

                 COMPARATIVE AVERAGE BALANCES, YIELDS AND RATES

The  following  tables,  "Comparative  Average  Balances,  Yields  and Rate" and
"Rate/Volume  Analysis",  provide  information on specific factors affecting the
Company's net interest income.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          1995                                    1994
                                             ----------------------------------- -----------------------------------
                                               Average               Yield/          Average                Yield/
(Dollars in thousands)                         Balance   Interest     Rate           Balance      Interest   Rate
                                               -------   --------    ------          -------      --------  -----
<S>                                            <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
Assets:
Federal funds sold                             $  1,777    $  107    6.02%        $    1,077    $     42    3.90%
Deposits with other banks                                                                161           6    3.73%
Investment securities, net                       14,419       895    6.21%             7,801         382    4.90%
Loans(1)                                         55,018     5,146    9.35%            46,305       3,910    8.44%
                                                 ------     -----                     ------       -----
   Total interest earning assets                 71,214    6,148     8.63%            55,344       4,340    7.84%
                                                 ------    -----                      ------       -----

Cash and due from banks                           2,758                                2,006
Allowance for loan losses                          (601)                                (569)
Premises and equipment                            2,288                                1,760
Other assets                                      2,646                                2,053
                                                  -----                                -----

   Total assets                                $ 78,305                           $   60,594
                                                 ======                               ======

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:
Transaction accounts                           $  6,136       113    1.84%        $    5,597         103    1.84%
Savings accounts                                 14,693       590    4.02%            11,805         324    2.74%
Certificates of deposit                          30,053     1,719    5.72%            23,518         937    3.98%
Federal funds purchased and repos                 2,393       137    5.73%               683          31    4.54%
Notes payable                                        86         8    9.30%
FHLB advances                                     6,655       381    5.73%             6,501         298    4.58%
                                                  -----       ---                      -----         ---
   Total interest bearing liabilities            60,016     2,948    4.91%            48,104       1,693    3.52%
                                                 ------     -----                      -----       -----

Non-interest bearing accounts                     8,258                                6,228
Accrued interest and other liabilities              643                                  530
Stockholders' equity                              9,388                                5,732
                                                  -----                                -----
   Total liabilities and
     stockholders' equity                      $ 78,305                           $   60,594
                                                 ======                               ======

Net interest income                                        $3,200                               $  2,647
                                                            =====                                  =====
      Interest rate spread                                           3.72%                                  4.32%
                                                                     ====                                   ====

Net interest margin                                                  4.49%                                  4.78%
                                                                     ====                                   ====
</TABLE>

(1) The  effects  of loans in  non-accrual  status  and fees  collected  are not
significant to the computations.




                                                        13

<PAGE>



RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS

The following  table describes the extent to which changes in interest rates and
changes in the volume of earning assets and interest  bearing  liabilities  have
affected the Company's  interest income and interest  expense during the periods
indicated.  Information is provided on changes in each category  attributable to
(a) change due to volume (change in volume multiplied by prior period rate), (b)
change due to rates (change in rates  multiplied by prior period volume) and (c)
change in rate and volume (change in rate multiplied by the change in volume).

                              1995 compared to 1994
                          Due to increase (decrease) in
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(Dollars in thousands)                           Volume               Rate          Volume/Rate          Total

<S>                                           <C>                 <C>               <C>              <C>
Interest income:
  Loans                                       $     736           $     421         $      79        $     1,236
  Deposits in other banks                             -                   -                (6)                (6)
  Investment securities, net                        324                 102                87                513
  Federal funds sold                                 27                  23                15                 65
                                                     --                  --                --                 --

    Total interest income                     $   1,087           $     546         $     175        $     1,808
                                                  =====                 ===               ===              =====

Interest expense:
  Interest bearing deposits                   $     332           $     585         $     141        $     1,058
  Federal funds purchased and
   repurchase agreements                             78                   8                20                106
  Notes payable                                                                             8                  8
  FHLB advances                                       7                  74                 2                 83
                                                      -                  --                 -                 --

    Total interest expense                    $     417           $     667         $     171        $     1,255
                                                    ===                 ===              ====              =====

Net interest income                           $     670          $     (121)        $       4        $       553
                                                    ===                ====                 =                ===
</TABLE>


                              1994 compared to 1993
                          Due to increase (decrease) in

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(Dollars in thousands)                           Volume                 Rate        Volume/Rate           Total
<S>                                           <C>               <C>              <C>                   <C>    
Interest income:
  Loans                                       $     560         $      12        $    6                $   578
  Deposits in other banks                           (13)               (2)            1                    (14)
  Investment securities, net                        (19)               10                                   (9)
  Federal funds sold                                (19)               15            (5)                    (9)
                                                    ---                --            ---                    --

    Total interest income                     $     509         $      35        $    2                $   546
                                                    ===                ==             =                    ===

Interest expense:
  Interest bearing deposits                   $      57         $     (78)      $    (4)              $    (25)
  Federal funds purchased and
    repurchase agreements                             6                 8             3                     17
  FHLB advances                                      76                19             6                    101
                                                     --                --             -                    ---

    Total interest expense                    $     139         $     (51)      $     5                $    93
                                                    ===               ===             =                     ==

Net interest income                           $     370         $      86        $   (3)              $    453
                                                    ===                ==            ==                    ===
</TABLE>


RATE SENSITIVITY

Interest  rates paid on deposits and borrowed funds and interest rates earned on
loans and investments  have generally  followed the fluctuations in market rates
in 1995  and  1994.  However,  fluctuations  in  market  interest  rates  do not
necessarily have a significant  impact on net interest income,  depending on the
Company's  sensitivity position. A rate sensitive asset or liability is one that
can be  repriced  either  up or down in  interest  rate  within a  certain  time
interval.  When a proper balance  exists between rate sensitive  assets and rate
sensitive  liabilities,  market  interest  rate  fluctuations  should not have a
significant  impact on liquidity and  earnings.  The larger the  imbalance,  the
greater the


                                                        14

<PAGE>



interest  rate risk assumed and the greater the  positive or negative  impact of
interest rate fluctuations on liquidity and earnings.

Interest rate  sensitivity  management is concerned  with the management of both
the timing and the magnitude of repricing  characteristics  of interest  earning
assets  and  interest   bearing   liabilities   and  is  an  important  part  of
asset/liability   management.   The  objectives  of  interest  rate  sensitivity
management are to ensure the adequacy of net interest  income and to control the
risks to net interest income  associated  with movements in interest rates.  The
following  table,  "Interest Rate  Sensitivity  Analysis,"  indicates that, on a
cumulative basis through twelve months, rate sensitive liabilities exceeded rate
sensitive assets, resulting in a liability sensitive position at the end of 1995
of  $19,226,000.  For  comparison  purposes,  at the end of 1994, the cumulative
negative gap was $21,584,000. For a bank with a liability sensitive position, or
negative  gap,  falling  interest  rates would  generally  be expected to have a
positive effect on net interest income and rising interest rates would generally
be expected to have the opposite effect.

The Company's  management is responsible for  asset/liability  management.  This
responsibility  includes  establishing  various  interest  rate  risk  measures,
setting  strategies  to  control  interest  rate risk,  implementing  tactics to
achieve  objectives and assuring adequate and stable earnings.  During 1995, the
Company  directed  its  attention  to  improving   liquidity  and  reducing  the
loan-to-funds and loans-to-assets ratios without sacrificing earnings.  This was
accomplished  by  competitively  pricing deposit  accounts while  continuing its
lending  emphasis  toward  variable and callable fixed rate terms,  limiting the
amount of long-term fixed rate loans,  and investing in quality debt securities,
particularly securities of U.S. government agencies and corporations. While this
strategy had the effect of decreasing  the interest rate spread and net interest
margin,  it also  increased  net  interest  income  and  improved  the  interest
sensitivity  gap and gap ratio by  shortening  the  repricing  frequency  of the
Company's assets.  Other factors contributing to improvements in the ratios used
to  measure  rate  sensitivity  were  the  $2,479,095,  or  35.6%,  increase  in
non-interest  bearing demand deposits which were available to invest in interest
earning assets, and the overall increase in the interest rate environment, which
encouraged  customers to open  certificates of deposit maturing in more than one
year.

In 1996,  management  expects interest rates to remain moderately  stable,  with
only  minor  adjustments  in the prime  rate  throughout  the year.  In a stable
interest rate environment,  management expects to continue to emphasize variable
rate  lending and renew  borrowings  from the FHLB as a method of  managing  the
negative gap position.  Management also expects to actively  attempt to decrease
the  sensitivity  position of its  liabilities  by lengthening  their  repricing
and/or  maturity  schedules.  Management  believes the likelihood of substantial
interest rate increases or decreases in the immediate future is not great.

The following table presents the Company's rate  sensitivity at each of the time
intervals  indicated as of December 31, 1995. The table may not be indicative of
the Company's rate sensitivity position at other points in time.

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             Less than      4-6          7-12          1-5       Over 5
                                             3 months       months     months        years       years    Total
<S>                                             <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>     <C>   
Interest earning assets:
  Federal funds sold                         $   2,330      $          $           $           $          $2,330
  Securities held-to-maturity
  Securities available-for-sale                    306       1,091       3,273       8,279      9,497     22,446
  Loans                                         31,312       4,896       5,992      20,327        677     63,204
                                                ------       -----       -----      ------        ---     ------
  Total                                         33,948       5,987       9,265      28,606     10,174     87,980
                                                ======       =====       =====      ======     ======     ======
Interest bearing liabilities:
  Demand deposit accounts                        8,028                                                     8,028
  Savings accounts                              17,419                                                    17,419
  Certificates of deposit                       14,390      11,912       8,589       3,336         16     38,243
  Federal funds purchased                        3,034                                                     3,034
  FHLB advances                                  4,351         234         469       1,190                 6,244
                                                 -----         ---         ---       -----         ==      -----
  Total                                         47,222      12,146       9,058       4,526         16     72,968
                                                ======      ======       =====       =====         ==     ======

Interest sensitivity gap                       (13,274)     (6,159)        207
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap            (13,274)    (19,433)    (19,226)
Gap ratio                                          .72         .49        1.02
Cumulative gap ratio                               .72         .67         .72

</TABLE>

The above table  reflects the balances of interest  earning  assets and interest
bearing  liabilities  at the  earlier  of their  repricing  or  maturity  dates.
Scheduled  payment amounts of amortizing  fixed rate loans are reflected at each
scheduled  payment  date.  Variable  rate  amortizing  loans  reflect  scheduled
repayments at each scheduled payment date until the


                                                        15

<PAGE>



loan may be repriced contractually; the unamortized balance is reflected at that
point. Debt securities are reflected at each instrument's ultimate maturity date
except for the mortgage-backed  security which will be repriced in October 1996.
Overnight  federal funds are reflected at the earliest  pricing  interval due to
the  immediately   available  nature  of  the   instruments.   Interest  bearing
liabilities with no contractual maturity,  such as savings deposits and interest
bearing transaction accounts, are reflected in the earliest repricing period due
to contractual  arrangements  which give the Company the opportunity to vary the
rates paid on those deposits within a thirty-day or shorter  period.  Fixed rate
time  deposits,  principally  certificates  of deposit,  are  reflected at their
contractual  maturity  date.  Variable  rate time  deposits are reflected at the
earlier of their next repricing or maturity date.

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

The  provision  for loan  losses  represents  charges  to  earnings  based  upon
management's  evaluation of specific loans and general  economic  conditions and
trends in the  marketplace.  The 1995 and 1994  provisions  for loan  losses and
their related  effect of increasing  the allowance for loan losses is related to
the improved quality of the loan portfolio,  favorable net chargeoff  experience
and a favorable trend in customer  delinquency and default.  Please refer to the
section  "Loan  Portfolio"  for a discussion of  management's  evaluation of the
adequacy of the allowances for loan losses. In 1995 and 1994, the provisions for
loan losses were $112,000 and $14,000, respectively.

Management is of the opinion that the banking  industry and its  regulators  may
have, in some cases,  overreacted to the crisis in the thrift  industry  through
establishing   industry-wide   norms  for  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  at
unnecessarily high levels. Management has concluded that the quality of its loan
underwriting process, its loan monitoring and administration mechanisms, and the
Bank's  historical  chargeoff  experience  warrant  reducing  the  level  of its
allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans outstanding.  Management will
maintain the target percentage between 1.05% and 1.15%,  adjusted for changes in
the economy, loan mix, and other relevant factors. The allowance for loan losses
as a percentage of outstanding  loans was 1.06% as of December 31, 1995 compared
to 1.16% as of December 31, 1994.

OTHER INCOME

For the year ended  December  31, 1995,  other  income was $777,242  compared to
$513,592 for the year ended December 31, 1994. The $263,650,  or 51.3%, increase
was significantly affected by the $87,550 increase in service charges on deposit
accounts  resulting from deposit growth from the new branch,  the opening of the
Clemson  Bank,  and pricing  strategies  discussed  earlier.  The amount of loss
recognized  from the sale of securities  available-for-sale  was $21,527 in 1995
compared to $78,723 in 1994,  resulting in a $57,196  increase in income  before
taxes. The Company has an investment  holding  strategy  whereby  securities are
sold when  approximately  one year remains  until  maturity.  During  periods of
rising interest rates,  this investment  strategy results in losses on the sales
of securities.  However,  this negative impact is mitigated,  to some extent, by
the  reinvestment  of sales proceeds in investments  with higher interest rates.
The  Greenwood  Bank also  established a discount  brokerage  department in 1995
which  generated  $49,286  in  investment  fees  income.   Other  categories  of
noninterest income were positively affected by Company growth.

For the year ended December 31, 1994,  other income was $513,592,  a decrease of
$262,491,  or 33.9%,  from $776,083  recognized  during the previous year.  This
decrease is  primarily  attributable  to a decrease of $222,605 in the amount of
fees  earned  on the  sale of  residential  mortgage  loans.  During  1993,  the
Company's   marketplace   experienced  an   extraordinary   amount  of  mortgage
refinancings,  based primarily on record low residential lending rates. In early
1994,  rates began to rise and  continued to do so through the third  quarter of
1994. By the end of 1994,  refinancing  activity had substantially  ceased. Also
contributing significantly to the decrease in other operating income were losses
on the sales of investment securities  available-for-sale.  In 1994, the Company
realized losses  aggregating  $78,723,  whereas in 1993 the Company realized net
gains of $22,327.  Service charges on deposit accounts  increased during 1994 by
$34,329 over 1993. This increase is due primarily due to volume increases in the
deposit accounts.

OTHER EXPENSES

In 1995,  non-interest  expense increased 35.8% to $3,069,283 from $2,260,748 in
1994.  The main  component  of  noninterest  expense is  salaries  and  employee
benefits which increased $303,667, or 27.4%, when compared to the 1994 amount of
$1,107,692.  The $170,987 cost of salaries for the Clemson Bank, the addition of
employees to manage the trust department and discount brokerage department,  and
cost of living  salary  increases  contributed  to the  increase in salaries and
employee benefits. Net occupancy expense was $422,032 and $237,251 for the years
ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The $184,781, or 77.9%, increase
was primarily due to an increase in


                                                        16

<PAGE>



depreciation expense resulting from additions to premises and equipment totaling
$996,716 in preparation for opening the new branch in Ninety Six, South Carolina
and the Clemson Bank. Categories of other operating expenses which significantly
contributed to the increase in non-interest expense were as follows: banking and
ATM supplies, $90,389 increase; computer supplies, $73,346 increase; and postage
and  freight,  $39,449  increase.  The increase in  professional  fees and other
nonrecurring fees from the organization of the Clemson Bank and increases due to
Company growth also contributed to the increase in other operating expenses.

The industry wide  reduction in the rate charged for federal  deposit  insurance
had a $49,590 positive impact on other operating  expenses.  Management does not
expect the assessment for 1996 to exceed $5,000.

For the year ended December 31, 1994, other expense increased $139,445, or 6.6%,
to $2,260,748, when compared to $2,121,303 for the year ended December 31, 1993.
Salaries and benefits  increased  $206,604,  or 22.9%, when compared to the 1993
amount of  $901,088.  During  1994,  the Bank  hired an entry  level  management
employee in a loan administration  capacity.  Also, four persons who operate the
new  branch in Ninety  Six,  South  Carolina  were  added.  In 1994,  bonuses to
employees  and the  management  group were earned  based on the  achievement  of
certain performance criteria of the banking subsidiary.  This plan was in effect
in 1993 only during the fourth quarter. Net occupancy expense decreased modestly
in 1994 to $237,251 and was a result of fully depreciating  certain premises and
equipment  purchased  during  1989,  the  Bank's  first year of  operations.  In
recognition of the decrease in mortgage loan origination fees,  discussed in the
previous section "Other Income", certain employees assigned to the mortgage loan
department  were either  assigned  additional  duties in other areas or left the
employ of the Company. As a result, the expenses of the mortgage loan department
decreased $55,837, or 58.1%, from the prior year amount.

INCOME TAXES

The  Company's  income  tax  expense  attributable  to  operations  for 1995 was
$260,820, a decrease of $39,755 from 1994 expense of $300,575.

The Company files a  consolidated  federal income tax return.  Accordingly,  the
Company  was able to benefit  from the  $222,336  pretax  loss  recorded  by the
Clemson  Bank  in  1995.  Income  tax  expense  (benefit)  is  allocated  to the
subsidiaries  based on their  pro-rata  share of the total  income  tax  expense
(benefit).  In 1994, the Company's income tax expense was $300,575,  an increase
of $45,262, or 17.7%, over the 1993 provision. Changes in the income tax expense
results  primarily  from  changes  in the income  before  taxes.  The  Company's
effective  tax rates for the years ended  December 31, 1995,  1994 and 1993 were
32.8% , 33.9% and 33.2%, respectively.

Effective  January 1, 1993,  the Company  adopted the  provisions  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards Board Statement No. 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes"(FASB
109). In adopting the new standard,  the Company  recorded a benefit of $46,730.
At the date of adoption  and at December  31,  1995,  1994 and 1993,  management
considered  whether a valuation  allowance  was  necessary.  Since the total tax
payments made during the carryback period and management's budgeted expectations
of continued  profitable  operations in the future years substantially  exceeded
the net deferred tax asset,  management  concluded  that it was more likely than
not the entire  deferred tax asset would be realized  and a valuation  allowance
was not  required.  Accordingly,  at the date of adoption and December 31, 1995,
1994 and 1993, the valuation allowance account is reported as $0.

LIQUIDITY

Liquidity  is the  ability of the Company to meet its cash  obligations  through
asset maturities or acquisition of liabilities. The Company manages liquidity at
the banking  subsidiary  level.  Adequate  liquidity  is  necessary  to meet the
requirements  of customers for loans and deposit  withdrawals in the most timely
and economical manner. Some liquidity is ensured by maintaining assets which may
be  converted  into cash at minimal  cost,  such as  amounts  due from banks and
federal funds sold.  Some  liquidity is provided from  securities  available for
sale,  particularly  those maturing within two years. In addition,  liquidity is
provided from maturing loans.  However,  the most manageable source of liquidity
is  liabilities,  with the primary  focus of liquidity  management  being on the
ability to obtain  deposits  within the Company's  market areas.  Core deposits,
which include all deposits except certificates of deposit in excess of $100,000,
are a relatively  stable source of liquidity.  Certificates of deposit in excess
of  $100,000  are a less  stable  source  of  liquidity  because  they  are more
sensitive to interest rate changes than other deposit  accounts.  Management has
available to it  additional  sources of liquidity  which  include  federal funds
purchased from  correspondent  banks and further  advances from the Federal Home
Loan Bank. In order to maximize earnings,  the Company has historically  managed
liquidity at the lower range of its peers, and maintains credit  agreements with
other financial institutions to meet short-term liquidity requirements.  However
during 1995, the Company implemented strategies to strengthen


                                                        17

<PAGE>



liquidity by  decreasing  the  loan-to-funds  and  loan-to-assets  ratios and by
expanding the Company's portfolio of securities  available-for-sale,  which is a
more  liquid  investment  option than  loans.  Unused line of credit  agreements
totaled $9,250,000 at December 31, 1995. Significant liquidity is also available
from the Federal Home Loan Bank under  agreements  in place with the agency.  At
December  31,  1995,   management   believes  the  Company's  liquidity  sources
adequately meet its operational needs.

The banking  subsidiaries are required by regulation to maintain an average cash
reserve balance computed as a percentage of deposits.  The requirement is met by
vault and teller cash,  and amounts due from the Federal  Reserve Bank which are
reported as cash equivalents on the Company's balance sheet.

As a bank holding company,  the Company's ability to pay cash dividends and meet
its cash  obligations  is primarily  dependent  upon the earnings of the banking
subsidiaries.  Banking subsidiary dividends are subject to the prior approval of
the South Carolina  Commissioner of Banking and are paid from undivided profits.
At December 31, 1995,  the Company does not plan to pay cash  dividends  for the
foreseeable  future. The Company has paid stock dividends in the past and may do
so in the future.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company uses several  ratios as  indicators  of capital  strength.  The most
commonly  used  measure is average  common  equity to average  assets  which was
11.99% for 1995  compared to 9.49% for 1994.  The change from 1994 resulted from
equity growth from the  $6,009,860 net proceeds from the stock  offering,  stock
sales to the employee  stock  ownership  plan and 1995 net income  outpacing the
growth in assets.

The Federal  Reserve  Board and bank  regulatory  agencies  require bank holding
companies  and financial  institutions  to maintain  capital at adequate  levels
based on a percentage of assets and off-balance  sheet  exposures,  adjusted for
risk weights ranging from 0% to 100%. Under the risk-based standard,  capital is
classified  into two tiers.  Tier I capital of the  Company  consists  of common
stockholders'  equity,  excluding  the  unrealized  gain  (loss)  on  securities
available-for-sale, minus certain intangible assets. Tier II capital consists of
general reserve for loan losses subject to certain  limitations.  A bank holding
company's  qualifying  capital base for purposes of its risk-based capital ratio
consists of the sum of its Tier I and Tier II capital.  The  regulatory  minimum
requirements are 4% for Tier I and 8% for total risk-based capital.

The  holding  company  and banking  subsidiaries  are also  required to maintain
capital at a minimum level based on total assets, which is known as the leverage
ratio.  Only the  strongest  bank  holding  companies  and banks are  allowed to
maintain  capital  at  the  minimum  requirement.  All  others  are  subject  to
maintaining ratios 100 to 200 basis points above the minimum.

At December 31, 1995, the Company's and banking subsidiaries  risk-based capital
and regulatory minimums are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            Tier I          Total Capital     Leverage

<S>                                                         <C>                 <C>             <C>   
Community Capital Corporation                               14.79%              15.57%          14.09%
Greenwood Bank & Trust                                      10.56%              11.60%           8.13%
Clemson Bank & Trust                                        51.69%              52.54%          33.88%
Minimum Requirement                                          4.00%               8.00%           3.00%
</TABLE>

Management  anticipates  relocating  the Company's  operations  and  bookkeeping
departments  from its banking  centers during 1996. In anticipation of this, the
Company  purchased  a  commercial  lot and  building on January 29, 1996 from an
unrelated party for  approximately  $450,000.  Management  expects an additional
$70,000 to $90,000 of costs to be incurred for renovations.

Management  also plans to begin  construction  on a permanent  facility  for the
Clemson Bank during 1996.  The costs of all premises and  equipment are expected
to approximate  $1,300,000,  not to exceed $1,500,000.  As of December 31, 1995,
the  Company was not  committed  to any party for  expenditures  relating to the
construction of the new Bank.






                                                        18

<PAGE>



IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

The  consolidated  financial  statements  and related  financial  data presented
herein have been  prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles  which require the  measurement  of financial  position and operating
results in terms of historical dollars,  without considering changes in relative
purchasing power over time due to inflation.  Unlike most industrial  companies,
virtually all of the assets and the  liabilities of a financial  institution are
monetary  in  nature.  As  a  result,  interest  rates  generally  have  a  more
significant impact on a financial institution's performance than does the effect
of inflation.

While the effect of inflation on a bank is normally  not as  significant  as its
influence  on  those  businesses  that  have  large  investments  in  plant  and
inventories,  it does have an effect.  Interest rates generally  increase as the
rate of inflation increases, but the magnitude of the change in rates may not be
the same.  While interest rates have  traditionally  moved with  inflation,  the
effect  on income is  diminished  because  both  interest  earned on assets  and
interest  paid on  liabilities  vary  directly  with each other.  Also,  general
increases in the price of goods and services will result in increased  operating
expenses.

PORTFOLIO OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The following tables  summarize the carrying values of securities  classified as
available-for-sale  and  held-to-maturity  by the  Company  as of the  indicated
dates,  and the  maturities  and weighted  average  yields at December 31, 1995.
Yields on  tax-exempt  securities  are shown at their nominal rates and have not
been tax-effected.

Investment Securities Portfolio Composition
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Available-for-Sale                Held-to-Maturity
                                                        -------------------------------------    ----------------
                                                              1995             1994                     1994
                                                        ---------------   ---------------          ------------

<S>                                                     <C>              <C>                 <C>               
U.S. Treasury Securities                                $    5,951,516   $     4,888,384     $
Securities of other U.S. Government
  agencies and corporations                                 11,546,355         1,044,029
Obligations of state and political subdivisions              4,550,252                                1,628,334
Mortgage-backed securities                                     397,802         _________              _________
                                                               -------

                                                        $   22,445,925   $     5,932,413     $        1,628,334
                                                            ==========         =========              =========
</TABLE>

Maturities of Securities and Average Yields
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Carrying
U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government Agencies                  Amount              Yield
                                                         -------------      -------------
<S>                                                     <C>                        <C>  
Due in one year or less                                 $    3,875,641             6.37%
Due after one year but within five years                     6,643,779             6.50%
Due after five years but within ten years                    6,978,451             7.19%
                                                             ---------
  Total                                                     17,497,871             6.75%
                                                            ----------

Obligations of States and Local Governments
Due in one year or less                                        396,268             5.48%
Due after one year but within five years                     1,635,533             6.21%
Due after five years but within ten years                      321,645             4.92%
Due after ten years                                          2,196,806             5.84%
                                                             ---------
  Total                                                      4,550,252             5.87%
                                                             ---------

Total Securities
Due in one year or less                                      4,271,909             6.29%
Due after one year but within five years                     8,279,312             6.44%
Due after five years but within ten years                    7,300,096             7.09%
Due after ten years                                          2,196,806             5.84%
Mortgage-backed securities                                     397,802             6.88%
                                                               -------
  Total securities                                      $   22,445,925             6.70%
                                                            ==========

</TABLE>


                                                        19

<PAGE>



LOAN PORTFOLIO

Credit Risk Management

Credit  risk  entails  both  general  risk,  which is inherent in the process of
lending,  and risk that is specific to individual  borrowers.  The management of
credit  risk   involves  both  the  process  of  loan   underwriting   and  loan
administration.  The Company  manages  credit risk  through a strategy of making
loans within the Company's  primary  marketplace and within the Company's limits
of expertise.  Although  management seeks to avoid  concentrations  of credit by
loan type or industry  through  diversification,  a  substantial  portion of the
borrowers'  ability  to  honor  the  terms of their  loans is  dependent  on the
business  and economic  conditions  in  Greenwood  and Pickens  Counties and the
surrounding areas comprising the Company's marketplace. Additionally, since real
estate  is  considered  by  the  Company  as  the  most  desirable   nonmonetary
collateral,  a  significant  portion  of  the  banking  subsidiaries  loans  are
collateralized  by  real  estate.  Even  though  a  substantial  portion  of the
Company's loans are collateralized by real estate, the cash flow of the borrower
or the business  enterprise  is generally  considered  as the primary  source of
repayment.  Generally, the value of real estate is not considered by the Company
as the primary source of repayment for performing  loans. The Company also seeks
to limit total  exposure to individual  and  affiliated  borrowers.  The Company
manages risk  specific to  individual  borrowers  through the loan  underwriting
process and through an ongoing analysis of the borrower's ability to service the
debt as well as the value of the pledged collateral.

The  Company's  loan  officers  and loan  administration  staff are charged with
monitoring the Company's loan portfolio and  identifying  changes in the economy
or in a borrower's  circumstances which may affect the ability to repay the debt
or the value of the  pledged  collateral.  In order to assess  and  monitor  the
degree  of  risk  in  the  Company's   loan   portfolio,   several  credit  risk
identification  and  monitoring  processes  are utilized.  The Company  assesses
credit risk initially  through the assignment of a risk grade to each loan based
upon an assessment of the borrower's  financial capacity to service the debt and
the  presence  and  value  of any  collateral.  Credit  grading  is  subject  to
adjustment during the life of the loan. The Company's  Compliance Officer and an
external  reviewer  both  perform  periodic  independent  reviews  of  the  loan
portfolio.  Finally,  the senior loan  administration  official  administers  an
internal  review  mechanism in which  adversely  graded loans are monitored more
closely  and  become the basis for  analysis  of the  adequacy  of the loan loss
reserve.

Lending Activities

The Banks extend credit primarily to consumers and small businesses in Greenwood
and Clemson and, to a limited extent, customers in contiguous counties.

The  Company's  service  area is mixed in  nature.  The home  office  and branch
offices of the Greenwood Bank are located in Greenwood  County,  South Carolina.
The economy of Greenwood is a regional  business  center whose economy  contains
elements  of  medium  and  light  manufacturing,   higher  education,   regional
healthcare,  and distribution facilities. The Clemson Bank office is a temporary
facility  located in Clemson,  South  Carolina.  Due to its proximity to a major
interstate and Clemson  University,  a  state-supported  university,  management
expects  the  area  to  remain  stable  with  continued   growth.   Outside  the
incorporated  city  limits  of  Greenwood  and  Clemson,  the  economy  includes
manufacturing,  agriculture,  timber, and recreational activities. No particular
category or segment of the economies  previously  described are expected to grow
or contract disproportionately in 1996.

Loan Portfolio Description

The Company believes the loan portfolio is adequately diversified.  There are no
foreign  loans and  agricultural  lending  is  limited.  Real  estate  loans are
primarily construction loans and loans secured by real estate.  Commercial loans
are spread across a variety of  industries  with no  significant  concentrations
existing by industry or customer  type. As of December 31, 1995, the ten largest
loans,  including lines of credit,  totaled  $5,263,687,  or 8.3% of outstanding
loans.

In January 1995, the Company changed its target ratio of loans to funds from 85%
to 80% and of loans to assets  from 75% to 70%.  Although  loan  growth  remains
strong as  evidenced by an increase in the loan  portfolio  for 1995 and 1994 of
$12,638,706  and  $5,930,943,  respectively,  the deposit  base has outpaced the
growth in loans. At December 31, 1995 and 1994, the loan-to-borrowed funds ratio
was 76.7% and 86.5%,  respectively,  and the loan-to-assets  ratio was 65.8% and
77.7%,  respectively.  The loan to total borrowed money ratio is used to monitor
the financial  institution's  potential  profitability  and  efficiency of asset
distribution  and utilization.  Generally,  a higher loan to borrowings ratio is
indicative  of higher  interest  income  since loans yield a higher  return than
alternative investment vehicles.


                                                        20

<PAGE>




In 1995 and 1994,  the Banks  earned fees from the  origination  of  residential
mortgages  sold  on  the  secondary  market  totaling   $114,596  and  $113,065,
respectively. The Banks accept residential mortgage loan applications, qualifies
potential  borrowers to standards  established  by investors  and funds loans of
qualified  borrowers.  Funded loans are held  temporarily  and sold to investors
under  the  terms of  pre-existing  commitments.  The  Banks do not fund or sell
residential  mortgages  having  market or interest  rate risk.  The Banks do not
service residential mortgages for the benefit of others.

Loan Portfolio Composition
                                                         December 31,
                                                   1995               1994
                                              -------------      --------------

Commercial and agricultural                   $   13,349,226     $  12,231,392
Real estate                                       38,295,636        29,386,734
Home equity                                        6,593,037         4,795,981
Consumer and other                                 4,666,890         4,014,176
Residential mortgages held for sale                  299,000           136,800
                                                     -------           -------
                                              $   63,203,789     $  50,565,083
                                                  ==========        ==========

Commercial and  agricultural  loans  increased  $1,117,834,  or 9.1%, in 1995 to
$13,349,226.  The increase was generally  attributable  to the addition of a new
lending  officer in 1993 who  successfully  obtained new business  relationships
from competitors.  Management also successfully  expanded existing customer loan
volume in 1995.  Commercial and agricultural  loans are made on either a secured
or unsecured basis.  Collateral for commercial loans may consist of receivables,
inventories or equipment.  Unsecured loans are generally for short-term  periods
to borrowers  evaluated as having  satisfactory net worth and repayment history.
Real estate loans include construction loans and any loan collateralized by real
estate. Real estate loans increased $8,908,902, or 30.3% in 1995 to $38,295,636.
The  increase in real estate  lending was  attributable  to the  addition of the
Clemson Bank, which had $4,277,399 of real estate loans as of December 31, 1995,
increases  in  commercial  real  estate  volume  and  increases  in  residential
construction lending. In 1993, several first home residential  subdivisions were
started in the Greenwood  marketplace  and influenced the Greenwood  Bank's 1994
construction lending activity.  This growth continued in 1995 and is expected to
continue throughout the next year. The Banks were also able to compete favorably
for  residential  mortgage loans with other  financial  institutions by offering
fixed rate products having three and five year call provisions.  Generally,  the
Banks limit loan-to-value  ratios to 80%. Currently,  loans for the construction
of homes  having no  contract  for sale are  available  to only the most  credit
worthy  contractors.  Residential  real estate loans consist of first and second
mortgages on single or multifamily residential dwellings.

The  origination  of  residential  mortgages  held for sale  continued  in 1995;
however,   the  volume  has  not  approached  the  levels  attained  during  the
refinancing boom in 1992 and 1993. The origination of residential mortgages held
for sale is  considered  to be a component of the  Company's  overall  marketing
strategy and not a primary segment of business activity in future periods.

Maturities and Sensitivity of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates:

The  following  table  summarizes  the loan maturity  distribution,  by type, at
December 31, 1995 and related interest rate characteristics:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Less             One               After
                                              than one year     to five years       five years           Total
<S>                                               <C>               <C>                  <C>            <C>       
Commercial loans                              $    9,869,045    $    3,480,181    $                  $  13,349,226
Real estate loans                                 18,787,898        18,550,005           957,732        38,295,636
Home equity loans                                  6,593,037                                             6,593,037
Consumer and other loans                           3,342,534         1,311,532            12,825         4,666,890
Residential mortgages held for sale                  299,000                                               299,000
                                                     -------         -------             -------          -------
                                              $   38,891,514    $   23,341,718    $      970,557     $  63,203,789
                                                  ==========        ==========           =======        ==========
Predetermined rate
   maturing greater than one year                               $    20,583,193   $     970,557      $  21,553,750
                                                                     ==========         =======         ==========

Variable rate or maturing
   within one year                            $   38,891,514    $    2,758,525    $                  $  41,650,039
                                                  ==========         =========                          ==========
</TABLE>




                                                        21

<PAGE>



Potential Problem Loans

The  Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 114,
"Accounting  by  Creditors  for the  Impairment  of a Loan",  and  Statement  of
Financial  Accounting Standards No. 118, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment
of a Loan - Income  Recognition and  Disclosures"  as of January 1, 1995.  These
statements identify how creditors should measure and account for impaired loans.
Under SFAS 114 and 118,  impairment  of loans  should be measured at the present
value of the  expected  future  cash flows  discounted  at the loan's  effective
interest  rate or at fair  value of the  collateral  if the  loan is  collateral
dependent.

Loans are defined as impaired when "based on current  information and events, it
is probable  that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according
to the contractual  terms of the loan  agreement." All loans are subject to this
criteria except for:  "smaller-balance  homogeneous  loans that are collectively
evaluated for  impairment"  and loans "measured at fair value or at the lower of
cost or fair value." The Company considers its consumer  installment  portfolio,
credit cards and home equity lines as meeting this criteria. Therefore, the real
estate  and  commercial  loan   portfolios  are  primarily   affected  by  these
Statements.

The Company  identifies  impaired loans through its normal  internal loan review
process.  Loans  on the  Company's  problems  loan  watch  list  are  considered
potentially impaired loans. These loans are evaluated in determining whether all
outstanding  principal and interest are expected to be collected.  Loans are not
considered  impaired if a minimal  delay  occurs and all  amounts due  including
accrued  interest at the  contractual  interest rate for the period of delay are
expected to be collected.

The Company  relies on its  internal  loan review  process to identify  loans on
which full  collection of principal or interest  under the original terms may be
questionable.  Criticized and classified loans have not historically resulted in
loss of principal or interest.

At  December  31,  1995,  the  Company  did not  consider  the  affects  of loan
impairment,  if any, to be material to the consolidated financial statements and
has not  established  a valuation  account.  The Company  had  discontinued  the
accrual of interest on loans totaling $13,213 and $3,076 as of December 31, 1995
and 1994, respectively.

At December 31, 1995 and 1994,  the  Company's  internal  review  mechanism  had
identified  $2,947,072 and $4,019,549,  respectively,  of criticized loans which
included $1,894,397 and $2,144,233, respectively, of classified loans. The above
listed loans in nonaccrual  status were  included.  The results of this internal
review process is the primary  determining factor in management's  assessment of
the  adequacy  of the  allowance  for loan  losses.  There  were no loans in the
portfolio excluded from the internal review process. Please refer to the section
"Summary of Loan Loss Experience." Except for the information used by management
in its  internal  review  process,  management  is  not  aware  of  any  further
information  about any material credits which causes  management to have serious
doubts as to the ability of borrowers' ability to comply with the loan repayment
terms.

Other Real Estate Owned

At December 31, 1995, the Company had no Other Real Estate Owned  recorded,  and
there were no loans which  management  considered  in-substance  foreclosures of
property.

At December  31, 1994,  Other Real Estate  Owned  consisted of a single piece of
residential rental property having a fair value of $19,457.  Management does not
anticipate  significant  expenses to be associated  with holding or disposing of
the property. There are no loans at December 31, 1994 which management considers
in-substance foreclosures of property.




                                                        22

<PAGE>



Summary of Loan Loss Experience
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        1995              1994
                                                                                  ---------------    -------------

<S>                                                                               <C>                <C>          
Net loans outstanding at the end of year                                          $   62,532,451     $  49,984,555
                                                                                      ==========        ==========
Average amount of loans outstanding                                               $   54,417,254     $  45,736,180
                                                                                      ==========        ==========
Allowance for loan losses
  Balance, beginning of year                                                             580,528           566,810
  Loans charged off:
  Commercial                                                                              17,127
  Real estate
  Consumer                                                                                 4,348             4,714
                                                                                          -----             -----
    Total loans charged off                                                               21,475             4,714
                                                                                          ------             -----

  Recoveries of loans previously charged off                                                 285             4,432
                                                                                             ---             -----
    Net charge offs                                                                       21,190               282

  Provision charged to operations                                                        112,000            14,000
                                                                                         -------            ------
Balance, end of year                                                              $      671,338     $     580,528
                                                                                         =======           =======

Ratios:
  Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding                                              .03%                (1)
  Net charge-offs to loans at end of year                                                   .03%                (1)
  Allowance for loan losses to average loans                                               1.22%              1.27%
  Allowance for loan losses to loans, end of year                                          1.07%              1.16%
  Net charge-offs to allowance for loan losses                                             3.16%                (1)
  Net charge-offs to provisions to loan losses                                            18.92%               .02%
</TABLE>

       (1) - actual percentage is less than 1 hundredth of one percent

The following table presents  management's  allocation of the allowance for loan
losses. The allocation is based upon estimates and selective judgment and is not
necessarily  indicative  of the  specific  amounts or loan  categories  in which
losses may ultimately occur.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1995                                   1994
                                              -----------------------------        ---------------------------
                                                  Reserve         % of                   Reserve        % of
                                                  Amount          Loans                  Amount         Loans
<S>                                            <C>                 <C>                  <C>             <C>  
Commercial and agricultural loans              $     315,000       21.1%                $272,000        24.2%
Real estate loans                                    242,000       60.6%                 209,000        58.2%
Consumer and other loans                             114,338        7.4%                  99,528         7.9%
Home equity loans                                                  10.4%                                 9.5%
Residential mortgages held for sale                                  .5%                                  .2%
Unallocated                                                       N/A                                   N/A
                                                     -------      -----                  -------        ----
                                              $      671,338      100.0%          $      580,528       100.0%
                                                     =======      =====                  =======       =====
</TABLE>

The reserve for loan losses is maintained at a level determined by management to
be adequate  to provide  for  probable  losses  inherent  in the loan  portfolio
including  commitments  to extend  credit.  The  reserve is  maintained  through
provision  for loan losses which is a charge to  operations.  The  potential for
loss in the  portfolio  reflects  the risks and  uncertainties  inherent  in the
extension of credit.

The  Company's  provision  and allowance for loan losses is subjective in nature
and relies on  judgments  and  assumptions  of risk  elements in the  portfolio,
future economic  conditions and other factors affecting  borrowers.  The process
includes  identification  and analysis of loss  potential  in various  portfolio
segments  utilizing  a credit risk  grading  process  and  specific  reviews and
evaluations of significant problem credits. In addition, management monitors the
overall portfolio quality through observable trends in delinquency,  chargeoffs,
and general and economic conditions in the service area. Management is not aware
of any trends,  material risks or uncertainties affecting the loan portfolio nor
is management  aware of any information  about any  significant  borrowers which
causes  serious doubts as to the ability of the borrower to comply with the loan
repayment terms. It should be noted however that no assurances can


                                                        23

<PAGE>



be made that future  charges to the allowance for loan losses or provisions  for
loan  losses  may not be  significant  to a  particular  accounting  period.  At
December 31, 1995 and 1994,  management considers the allowances for loan losses
adequate  based  on  their  judgments,  evaluations  and  analysis  of the  loan
portfolio.

AVERAGE  DAILY  DEPOSITS

The following  table  summarizes the Bank's average daily deposits for the years
ended  December  31, 1995 and 1994.  The 1995  totals  include  certificates  of
deposit over $100,000  which at December 31, 1995 totaled  $12,082,348.  Of this
total,  $5,415,039  had scheduled  maturities  within three  months,  $4,509,270
within three to six months,  $1,363,039 within six to twelve months and $795,000
maturing thereafter.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       1995                               1994
                                       -------------------------             -----------------------------
                                           Average                                                Average
                                           Amount      Rate Paid                  Amount         Rate Paid

<S>                                       <C>            <C>                       <C>             <C>  
Non-interest bearing demand           $   8,258,045                               $6,227,199
Interest bearing transaction accounts     6,135,859      1.84%                     5,597,266       1.84%
Savings accounts                         14,692,883      4.02%                    11,805,003       4.02%
Certificates of deposit                  30,053,453      5.72%                    23,518,216       5.72%
                                         ----------                               ----------
                                       $ 59,140,240                           $   47,147,684
                                         ==========                               ==========
</TABLE>


RETURN ON EQUITY AND ASSETS

The following  table shows the return on average  assets (net income  divided by
average total  assets),  return on average equity (net income divided by average
equity),  and equity to assets ratio  (average  equity  divided by average total
assets) for the period indicated.  Since its inception, the Company has not paid
cash dividends.

                                                      1995             1994
                                                   -----------       --------

Return on average assets                               .68%             .97%
Return on average equity                              5.69%           10.17%
Equity assets ratio                                  11.99%            9.49%


SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

At  December  31,  1995 and  1994,  the Banks had  purchased  federal  funds and
securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase   totaling   $3,034,000  and
$3,386,000,  respectively. During 1995 and 1994, the maximum amounts outstanding
at any  month-end  was  $5,900,000  and  $3,386,000,  respectively.  The average
interest rates paid on these short-term  borrowings were 5.73% and 4.54% in 1995
and 1994, respectively. The weighted average interest rate being paid on federal
funds at December 31, 1995 and 1994 was 5.55% and 5.98%, respectively.


ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL REPORTING ISSUES

Newly-Issued  Accounting  Standards - In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting
Standards  Board issued FASB  statement  No. 123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based
Compensation,"  effective  for  transactions  entered  into in fiscal years that
begin after December 15, 1995.  FASB 123 recommends  that companies  account for
stock compensation on a fair value based method which requires compensation cost
to be  measured  at the  grant  date  based on the  value of the award and to be
recognized over the service period. As an alternative, companies may continue to
record compensation cost based on the excess, if any, of the quoted market price
of the stock at the grant  date (or other  measurement  date) over the amount an
employee  must pay to  acquire  the stock.  However,  if a company  elects  this
method, it must include in the financial  statements  certain  disclosures which
reflect pro forma amounts as if the fair value method had been used.




                                                        24

<PAGE>



Management  has not yet  determined  the method that will be used to account for
future  grants under the Company's  stock option  plans.  The impact for 1996 is
expected to be immaterial to the financial statements, and the effects on future
years has not yet been determined.

FORWARD LOOKING AND TREND INFORMATION

As expected,  the opening of the Clemson Bank had a negative  impact on 1995 net
income.  Typically,  new banks incur substantial initial expenses and may not be
profitable  for several  years after the  commencement  of business  activities.
Management  expects the  operating  activities  of the Clemson  Bank to continue
having a negative  impact on earnings in future  periods until asset and deposit
growth has  matured to a level that net  interest  income and other  income will
support the overhead expenses.

Management has positioned the Company for growth through the issuance of 520,422
shares of stock in 1995 resulting in net proceeds of  $6,009,860.  The Company's
strong  capital base will allow  management to pursue  opportunities  to acquire
other branches and banks and expand the Company's  market area.  Management also
expects continued growth in deposits from customer dissatisfaction with the "big
bank"  philosophy as the operations of former South Carolina banks are moved out
of state.  Management  anticipates  competing  for these  deposits  by  offering
competitive  rates and  funding  quality  loans,  particularly  real  estate and
commercial loans.


Item 8.           Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

          The financial statements  identified in Item 14 of this Report on Form
10-K are included herein under the caption for such Items.


Item 9.  Changes  in  and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
         Financial Disclosure.

           None.

                                    PART III

           Information  called for by PART III (Items 10, 11, 12 and 13) of this
Report on Form 10-K has been  omitted  as the  Company  intends to file with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  not later than 120 days after the close of
its fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 a definitive Proxy Statement pursuant to
Regulation  14A  promulgated  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  Such
information will be set forth in such Proxy Statement.

Item 10.          Directors and Executive Officers of the Company.

Item 11.          Executive Compensation.

Item 12.          Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial 
                  Owners and Management.

Item 13.          Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.




                                     PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K.

(a)(1)-(2)   Financial Statements and Schedules:

           The  consolidated  financial  statements and schedules of the Company
           identified in the accompanying Index to Financial  Statements at page
           F-1 herein are filed as part of this Report on Form 10-K.



                                                        25

<PAGE>



       (3)   Exhibits:

           The accompanying Exhibit Index sets forth the exhibits that are filed
           as part of this Report on Form 10-K.


(b)        Reports on Form 8-K:

           None.


                                                        26

<PAGE>



                                           COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION
                                                  AND SUBSIDIARY

                                               Financial Statements

                                   Years ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993

                                           INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>

<S>                                                                                                             <C>   
Report of Tourville, Simpson & Henderson,
           Independent Auditors.................................................................................F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
           December 31, 1995 and 1994...........................................................................F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
           December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.....................................................................F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
           December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993....................................................................F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
           December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993....................................................................F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements......................................................................F-7
</TABLE>



                                                        F-1

<PAGE>




                                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



The Board of Directors
Community Capital Corporation
Greenwood, South Carolina


We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of  Community
Capital  Corporation and  Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the
related  consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1995.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards  require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the accounting  principles used and the significant  estimates made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the consolidated financial position of Community Capital
Corporation  and  Subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1995  and  1994,  and  the
consolidated  results of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity  with generally
accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 2 to the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the Company
changed its method of accounting for  investment  securities on January 1, 1994.
In 1993, the Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes.


                       /s/ TOURVILLE, SIMPSON & HENDERSON

Tourville, Simpson & Henderson
Columbia, South Carolina
January 19, 1996

[ORIGINAL SIGNED OPINION ON TOURVILLE, SIMPSON & HENDERSON LETTERHEAD IS ON FILE
WITH COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION]

                                                        F-2

<PAGE>



                                  COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                            CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                            DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994

ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        1995               1994
                                                                                  ---------------       ---------
Cash and cash equivalents:
<S>                                                                               <C>                <C>          
  Cash and due from banks                                                         $    2,949,289     $   3,038,958
  Federal funds sold                                                                   2,330,000                 -
                                                                                  --------------     -------------
                                                                                       5,279,289         3,038,958

Securities available-for-sale                                                         22,445,925         5,932,413

Securities held-to-maturity (estimated market value of
  $1,628,054 at December 31, 1994)                                                             -         1,684,334

Loans receivable                                                                      63,203,789        50,565,083
  Less allowance for loan losses                                                        (671,338)         (580,528)
                                                                                  --------------     -------------
    Loans, net                                                                        62,532,451        49,984,555

Premises and equipment, net                                                            2,530,820         1,738,233
Other real estate owned                                                                        -            19,457
Other assets                                                                           3,311,492         2,673,399
                                                                                  --------------     -------------

        Total assets                                                              $   96,099,977     $  65,071,349
                                                                                  ==============     =============

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Liabilities:
Deposits:
  Non-interest bearing                                                            $    9,447,005     $   6,967,910
  Interest bearing                                                                    63,690,569        42,177,891
                                                                                  --------------     -------------
                                                                                      73,137,574        49,145,801
Federal funds purchased and securities sold
  under agreements to repurchase                                                       3,034,000         3,386,000
Accrued interest and other liabilities                                                   753,272           535,401
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank                                                   6,243,561         5,925,200
                                                                                  --------------     -------------
        Total liabilities                                                             83,168,407        58,992,402
                                                                                  --------------     -------------

Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, $1 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized;  1,153,060 and 573,002
  shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 1995
  and 1994, respectively                                                               1,153,060           573,002
Capital surplus                                                                       11,254,039         5,110,618
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities
  available-for-sale, net                                                                177,297           (77,313)
Retained earnings                                                                        347,174           472,640
                                                                                  --------------     -------------
        Total stockholders' equity                                                    12,931,570         6,078,947
                                                                                  --------------     -------------

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                        $   96,099,977     $  65,071,349
                                                                                  ==============     =============
</TABLE>





                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.

                                                        F-3

<PAGE>



                               COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                           FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    1995               1994               1993
                                                                ------------       ------------         --------

<S>                                                             <C>               <C>                <C>          
Interest income:
  Loans, including fees                                         $    5,145,614    $    3,909,427     $   3,331,841
  Securities, taxable                                                  722,872           300,714           354,179
  Securities, nontaxable                                               171,521            81,642            37,508
  Federal funds sold                                                   106,974            41,901            50,704
  Time deposits with other banks                                             -             5,952            19,687
                                                                --------------    --------------     -------------
                                                                     6,146,981         4,339,636         3,793,919
                                                                --------------    --------------     -------------
Interest expense:
  Deposits                                                           2,421,905         1,364,151         1,389,393
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank                                 381,136           298,362           196,687
  Federal funds purchased and other                                    145,211            30,536            13,869
                                                                --------------    --------------     -------------
                                                                     2,948,252         1,693,049         1,599,949
                                                                --------------    --------------     -------------

Net interest income                                                  3,198,729         2,646,587         2,193,970
Loan loss provision                                                    112,000            14,000            79,845
                                                                --------------    --------------     -------------
Net interest income after loan loss provision                        3,086,729         2,632,587         2,114,125
                                                                 -------------     -------------   ---------------

Other income:
  Service charges on deposit accounts                                  393,156           305,606           271,277
  Gain (loss) on sale of securities available for sale                 (21,527)          (78,723)           22,327
  Residential mortgage origination fees                                114,596           113,065           335,670
  Other income                                                         291,017           173,644           146,809
                                                                --------------    --------------     -------------
                                                                       777,242           513,592           776,083
                                                                --------------    --------------     -------------
Other expense:
  Salaries and employee benefits                                     1,411,359         1,107,692           901,088
  Net occupancy expense of premises                                    422,032           237,251           254,176
  Other operating expense                                            1,235,892           915,805           966,039
                                                                --------------    --------------     -------------
                                                                     3,069,283         2,260,748         2,121,303
                                                                --------------    --------------     -------------
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect
  of change in accounting principle                                    794,688           885,431           768,905

Income tax provision                                                   260,820           300,575           255,313
                                                                --------------    --------------     -------------
Income before cumulative effect
  of change in accounting principle                                    533,868           584,856           513,592

Cumulative effect on prior years (to December
  31, 1992) of accounting change                                             -                 -            46,730
                                                                --------------    --------------     -------------

Net income                                                      $      533,868    $      584,856     $     560,322
                                                                ==============    ==============     =============


Primary and fully diluted net income per share (Note 1):             $     .58    $          .84      $        .79
Average common shares and equivalents outstanding                    1,019,176           766,497           710,138
</TABLE>






               The  accompanying  notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.

                                                        F-4

<PAGE>



                             COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                           FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          Unrealized
                                                                        Gain (loss) on
                                                                          Securities
                                           Common Stock      Capital       Available      Retained
                               Shares          Amount        Surplus    for Sale, net     Earnings       Total

<S>                            <C>        <C>            <C>               <C>       <C>              <C>        
Balance,
  December 31, 1992            505,000    $   505,000    $  4,490,535      $    -    $    (151,794)   $ 4,843,741

Stock options exercised          1,890          1,890         13,935            -             -            15,825

5% stock dividend               25,219         25,219        220,666            -         (246,187)        * (302)

Net income                          -              -              -             -          560,322        560,322
                            ------------   ------------   ------------  -------------  ------------  -------------

Balance,
  December 31, 1993            532,109        532,109      4,725,136            -         162,341       5,419,586

Sales of stock to K-SOP         14,294         14,294        139,444            -             -           153,738

Adoption of accounting
  principle (Note 2)             -              -             -            (4,276)            -            (4,276)

5% stock dividend               26,599         26,599        246,038            -        (274,557)        *(1,920)

Change in fair value
  for the period                 -              -              -          (73,037)            -           (73,037)

Net income                       -              -              -                -         584,856         584,856
                            ------------   ------------   ------------  -------------  ------------   -------------

Balance,
  December 31, 1994            573,002        573,002      5,110,618      (77,313)        472,640       6,078,947

Net proceeds of stock
  offering                     520,422        520,422      5,489,438                                    6,009,860

Sales of stock to K-SOP          4,741          4,741         51,017                                       55,758

Stock options exercised            300            300          2,421                                        2,721

5% stock dividend               54,595         54,595        600,545                     (659,334)        *(4,194)

Change in fair value
  for the period                                                          254,610                         254,610

Net income                                                                                533,868         533,868
                            ------------   ------------   ------------  -------------  ------------  -------------

Balance,
  December 31, 1995           1,153,060     $1,153,060     $11,254,039   $177,297        $347,174     $12,931,570
                              =========     ==========     ===========   ========        ========     ===========
</TABLE>


*Represents fractional shares paid in cash
               The  accompanying  notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.

                                                        F-5

<PAGE>



                               COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                           FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                         1995               1994              1993
                                                                                     --------------    ---------------    ----------
<S>                                                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>         
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income                                                                           $    533,868    $    584,856    $    560,322
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
   cash provided by operating activities:
    Cumulative effect of accounting change                                                     --              --           (46,730)
    Depreciation and amortization                                                           324,181         210,378         259,939
    Provision for loan losses                                                               112,000          14,000          79,845
    Deferred income tax benefit                                                             (43,290)           (321)        (45,844)
    Amortization less accretion on securities                                                45,908          45,067          84,485
    Amortization of deferred loan fees and costs, net                                        84,313         102,939          49,787
    (Gain) loss on sale of securities available-for-sale                                     21,527          78,723         (22,327)
    Proceeds from sales of residential mortgages                                          4,651,567       5,813,807      17,145,863
    Disbursements for residential mortgages held for sale                                (4,813,766)     (5,572,360)    (16,250,850)
    Increase in interest receivable                                                        (426,126)       (118,585)        (30,942)
    Increase (decrease) in interest payable                                                 179,978          16,689         (64,698)
    Increase in other assets                                                               (267,315)       (550,954)       (279,635)
    Increase (decrease) in other liabilities                                                 37,893         (75,413)        308,956
                                                                                             ------         -------       ---------
     Net cash provided by operating activities                                              440,738         548,826       1,748,171
                                                                                        -----------     -----------       ---------

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Net increase in loans made to customers                                               (12,582,010)     (6,295,068)    (11,024,273)
  Net decrease in deposits in other banks                                                                   200,000         406,067
  Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale                                    1,975,294       4,928,398       3,068,654
  Proceeds from maturities of securities available-for-sale                               1,527,254          37,725       2,976,667
  Purchases of securities available-for-sale                                            (15,209,486)     (4,484,249)     (6,590,936)
  Proceeds from maturities of securities held-to-maturity                                   100,000         461,125            --
  Purchases of securities held-to-maturity                                               (2,890,630)       (853,170)           --
  Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned                                              19,457            --            22,110
  Purchases of premises and equipment                                                      (996,716)       (183,847)       (140,947)
  Purchases of non-marketable equity securities                                            (165,849)           --          (574,509)
                                                                                           --------            ----       ---------
     Net cash used by investing activities                                              (28,222,686)     (6,189,086)    (11,857,167)
                                                                                     -------------- ---------------  --------------

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net increase in demand and savings deposits                                             9,135,600       3,696,057       1,093,012
  Net increase (decrease) in certificates of deposit                                     14,856,173        (541,801)      3,928,046
  Proceeds of advances from Federal Home Loan Bank                                        1,900,000         117,000       4,440,000
  Repayments of advances from Federal Home Loan Bank                                     (1,581,639)       (948,212)       (310,588)
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                                  6,009,860            --              --
  Proceeds from exercise of common stock options                                              2,721            --            15,825
  Proceeds from stock sales to employee benefit plan                                         55,758         153,738            --
  Borrowings for organization of the Clemson Bank                                           457,189            --              --
  Repayment of organizational notes                                                        (457,189)           --              --
  Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased
     and repos                                                                             (352,000)      3,178,000        (282,000)
  Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares                                                     (4,194)         (1,920)           (302)
                                                                                     -------------- ---------------  --------------
     Net cash provided by financing activities                                           30,022,279       5,652,862       8,883,993
                                                                                         ----------       ---------       ---------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                                      2,240,331          12,602      (1,225,003)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                                              3,038,958       3,026,356       4,251,359
                                                                                          ---------       ---------       ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                                                 $  5,279,289    $  3,038,958    $  3,026,356
                                                                                    =============================== ===============
</TABLE>

               The  accompanying  notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.

                                                        F-6

<PAGE>


                                  COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Basis of  Presentation  - The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements
include the accounts of Community  Capital  Corporation  (the Company),  and its
wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  Greenwood Bank & Trust (the  "Greenwood  Bank") and
Clemson Bank & Trust (the "Clemson  Bank"),  which began  operations on June 22,
1995.  (See  Note  9).  Another  subsidiary,  GNB  Mortgage  Company,  commenced
operations on January 2, 1990 and ceased  operation as an active entity on March
4, 1991. The principal  business activity of the Company and its subsidiaries is
to provide banking services to domestic  markets,  principally  Greenwood County
and  Pickens  County,   South  Carolina.   In  consolidation,   all  significant
intercompany items and transactions have been eliminated.

In preparing the financial statements,  management is required to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of
the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses for the period.  Actual results
could differ significantly from those estimates.

Material  estimates that are  particularly  susceptible  to  significant  change
relate  to the  determination  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses,  including
valuation  allowances for impaired loans, and the carrying amount of real estate
acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans. Management
must also make estimates in determining  the estimated  useful lives and methods
for depreciating premises and equipment.

Investment Securities  Held-to-Maturity - Investment securities held-to-maturity
generally  include  obligations  of states and  political  subdivisions  and are
carried  at  cost  adjusted  for  amortization  of  premiums  and  accretion  of
discounts,  both computed by the straight-line method. Management has the intent
and the Company  has the ability to hold  designated  investment  securities  to
maturity.  Reductions in market value  considered by management to be other than
temporary  are reported as a realized  loss and a reduction in the cost basis of
the security. (See Note 2)

Investment    Securities     Available-for-Sale    -    Investment    securities
available-for-sale   by  the  Company  include  government  and  corporate  debt
securities  and are carried at amortized  cost and adjusted to estimated  market
value by recording the aggregate unrealized gain or loss in a valuation account.
Management does not actively trade securities classified as  available-for-sale.
Reductions in market value  considered by management to be other than  temporary
are  reported  as a  realized  loss and a  reduction  in the  cost  basis in the
security. The adjusted cost basis of securities available-for-sale is determined
by  specific  identification  and is used in  computing  the gain or loss from a
sales transaction.

Loans - Loans are stated at their unpaid principal  balance.  Interest income is
computed using the simple  interest method and is recorded in the period earned.
When  serious  doubt exists as to the  collectibility  of a loan or a loan is 90
days past due, the accrual of interest income is generally  discontinued  unless
the estimated  net  realizable  value of the  collateral is sufficient to assure
collection of the principal balance and accrued interest. When interest accruals
are discontinued, income in the current year is reversed and interest accrued in
prior years is charged to the allowance for loan losses.

Impairment of a loan is measured  based on the present value of expected  future
cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate or fair value of the
collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  When management determines that
a loan is impaired,  the  difference  between the  Company's  investment  in the
related  loan and the present  value of the expected  future cash flows,  or the
fair  value  of  the  collateral,   is  charged  to  bad  debt  expense  with  a
corresponding  entry  to  a  valuation  account.  The  accrual  of  interest  is
discontinued  on an impaired loan when  management  determines that the borrower
may be unable to meet payments as they become due.







                                                        F-7

<PAGE>


                                  COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (continued)

Allowance  for Loan Losses -  Management  provides  for losses on loans  through
specific  and general  charges to  operations  and credits  such  charges to the
allowance  for loan losses.  Specific  provision  for losses is  determined  for
identified loans based upon estimates of the excess of the loan's carrying value
over the net realizable value of the underlying  collateral.  General  provision
for loan losses is estimated by management based upon factors including industry
loss  experience  for  similar  lending  categories,   actual  loss  experience,
delinquency  trends as well as prevailing and anticipated  economic  conditions.
While management uses the best information available to make evaluations, future
adjustment  to the  allowance  may be  necessary if economic  conditions  differ
substantially  from the assumptions  used in making the  evaluation.  Delinquent
loans are charged  against the  allowance at the time they are  determined to be
uncollectible. Recoveries are added to the allowance.

Residential  Mortgages  Held  For  Sale  - The  banking  subsidiaries'  mortgage
activities are comprised of accepting  residential  mortgage loan  applications,
qualifying borrowers to standards established by investors,  funding residential
mortgages and selling  mortgages to investors  under  pre-existing  commitments.
Funded residential mortgages held temporarily for sale to investors are recorded
at cost which  approximates  market (Note 5).  Application and origination  fees
collected by the Bank are recognized as income upon sale to the investor.

Premises  and  Equipment  - Premises  and  equipment  are  stated at cost,  less
accumulated  depreciation.  Gain or loss on retirement of premises and equipment
is recognized in the statements of operations  when incurred.  Expenditures  for
maintenance and repairs are charged to expense; betterments and improvements are
capitalized.  Depreciation charges are computed principally on the straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives as follows:

    Building and improvements                        7-30 years
    Furniture, fixtures and equipment                 5-7 years

Other Real Estate Owned - Other real estate owned includes real estate  acquired
through  foreclosure  and  loans  accounted  for as  in-substance  foreclosures.
Collateral is considered foreclosed in-substance when the borrower has little or
no equity in the fair value of the  collateral,  proceeds  for  repayment of the
debt can be  expected  to come  only from the sale of the  collateral  and it is
doubtful that the borrower can rebuild equity or otherwise repay the loan in the
foreseeable  future.  Other  real  estate  owned is carried at the lower of cost
(fair value at the date of  foreclosure)  or fair value minus estimated costs to
sell. Any  write-downs  at the date of acquisition  are charged to the allowance
for possible loan losses.  Expenses to maintain such assets,  subsequent changes
in the  valuation  allowance,  and gains and losses on disposal  are included in
other expenses.

Federal  Reserve Bank and Federal  Home Loan Bank Stock - Other assets  includes
the cost of the Company's  investments in the stock of the Federal  Reserve Bank
and the Federal  Home Loan Bank.  The stocks have no quoted  market value and no
ready market  exists.  Investment in Federal  Reserve Bank stock is required for
state-chartered  member  banks.  Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock is a
condition of borrowing  from the Federal Home Loan Bank and the stock is pledged
to  secure  the  borrowings.  At  December  31,  1995 and  1994,  the  Company's
investment in Federal Reserve Bank stock was $127,150.  At December 31, 1995 and
1994, the Bank's investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock was $772,200.

Loans Fees and Costs - Loan  origination  and commitment fees and certain direct
loan  origination  costs are deferred and are being amortized to income over the
contractual lives of commercial and installment loans, adjusted for prepayments,
using the level yield method.  Net deferred fees and costs  associated  with the
origination  of home equity  lines of credit are being  amortized to income over
the contractual life of the lending agreement using the straight-line method.

Income taxes - The income tax provision is the sum of amounts  currently payable
to taxing  authorities and the net changes in income taxes payable or refundable
in future years. Income taxes deferred to future years are determined  utilizing
a  liability  approach.  This  method  gives  consideration  to the  future  tax
consequences  associated with differences  between the financial  accounting and
tax bases of certain assets and liabilities,  principally the allowance for loan
losses and depreciable premises and equipment.



                                                        F-8

<PAGE>


                                  COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (continued)

Cash Flow  Information  - For purposes of reporting  cash flows in  consolidated
financial   statements,   the  Company  considers  certain  highly  liquid  debt
instruments  purchased  with a  maturity  of  three  months  or  less to be cash
equivalents.  Cash equivalents include amounts due from depository  institutions
and federal funds sold. Generally,  federal funds sold are purchased for one day
periods.

During  1995,  1994 and  1993,  the  Company  paid  $2,768,274,  $1,676,360  and
$1,664,647, respectively, for interest. In 1995, 1994 and 1993, the Company made
tax payments of $330,841, $512,470 and $148,594, respectively.

Supplemental noncash investing and financing activities are as follows:

In 1995, 1994 and 1993, the Company  declared 5% stock dividends and transferred
$655,140,  $272,637 and $245,885  from  retained  earnings (net of cash paid for
fractional  shares)  to common  stock and  capital  surplus  in the  amounts  of
$54,595, $26,599 and $25,219, respectively, and $600,545, $246,038 and $220,666,
respectively.  In 1993  the  Bank  loaned  customers  approximately  $75,000  to
purchase foreclosed real estate.

Transfers between the categories of securities available-for-sale and securities
held-to-maturity   and   changes  in  the   valuation   account  of   securities
available-for-sale,  including the deferred tax effects,  are considered noncash
transactions  for purposes of the  statement of cash flows and are  presented in
detail in the notes to the financial statements.

Off-Balance-Sheet  Financial  Instruments - In the ordinary  course of business,
the Bank has entered into off-balance- sheet financial instruments consisting of
commitments to extend credit,  commitments  under credit card  arrangements  and
letters of credit.  These  financial  instruments  are recorded in the financial
statements when they become payable by the customer.

Concentrations of Credit Risk - Financial  instruments which potentially subject
the  Company to  concentrations  of credit  risk  consist  principally  of loans
receivable,   securities,  federal  funds  sold  and  amounts  due  from  banks.
Management is not aware of any  concentrations  of loans to classes of borrowers
or industries that would be similarly affected by economic conditions.  Although
the  Company's  loan  portfolio is  diversified,  a  substantial  portion of its
borrowers'  ability to honor the terms of their loans is  dependent  on business
and economic conditions in Greenwood and Pickens Counties and surrounding areas.
Management  does not believe credit risk is associated  with  obligations of the
United States, its agencies or its corporations. The Company places its deposits
and  correspondent  accounts  with and sells its  federal  funds to high  credit
quality institutions. By policy, time deposits are limited to amounts insured by
the FDIC. Management believes credit risk associated with correspondent accounts
is not significant.

Per Share  Amounts - Net income per share is computed by dividing  net income by
the  weighted  average  number  of  shares of  common  stock  and  common  stock
equivalents  outstanding  during  the period  using the  treasury  stock  method
modified for the 20% limitation.  For purposes of this calculation,  the options
issued to the organizing Board of Directors and the stock options granted to the
Chief  Executive  Officer and other  employees are considered to be common stock
equivalents  (Notes 9 and 10). The weighted  average  common shares  outstanding
were  1,019,176,  766,497,  and 710,138,  at December  31, 1995,  1994 and 1993,
respectively. Retroactive recognition has been given for the effect of the stock
dividends in 1995, 1994 and 1993 (Note 9).

Common Stock Owned by the Employee Stock  Ownership Plan (ESOP) - ESOP purchases
and  redemptions  of the Company's  common stock are at estimated  fair value as
determined by  independent  valuations.  Dividends on ESOP shares are charged to
retained  earnings.  All shares held by the ESOP are treated as outstanding  for
purposes of computing earnings per share.

Reclassifications   -  Certain  captions  and  amounts  in  the  1994  and  1993
consolidated  financial  statements  were  reclassified to conform with the 1995
presentation.



                                                        F-9

<PAGE>


                                  COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 - CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE:

Effective  January 1, 1994,  the Company  adopted the  provisions  of  Financial
Accounting   Standards  Board   Statement  No.  115,   "Accounting  for  Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" (FASB 115).  Management  reviewed the
investment   securities   portfolio   and   classified   securities   as  either
held-to-maturity  or  available-for-sale.  In determining such  classifications,
securities  that the  Company  has the  positive  intent and  ability to hold to
maturity were classified as held-to-maturity  and are carried at amortized cost.
All other  securities were classified as available-  for-sale and are carried at
amortized  cost and adjusted to estimated fair value with  unrealized  gains and
losses included in stockholders' equity on an after-tax basis.

In accordance  with the provisions of FASB 115,  effective  January 1, 1994, the
Company recorded a $4,276 decrease to stockholders'  equity representing the net
unrealized  after-tax  loss at that date. Net income and earnings per share were
not affected by the adoption of the new accounting principle.

Effective November 15, 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board
permitted a one-time  opportunity for financial  institutions to
reassess their investment portfolios  and  change  the   classification
of  their  debt  securities  from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale
without bringing into question the intent to hold other securities to
maturity.  In response,  management  determined that the Company's
entire investment portfolio was available-for-sale and transferred
securities having an amortized cost of $4,444,290 from the
held-to-maturity  to available-for-sale category. The  redesignation  of
securities  had no effect on net income or earnings  per share.

NOTE 3 - RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS:

The Bank is required  to  maintain  average  reserve  balances  with the Federal
Reserve  Bank  computed as a percentage  of  deposits.  At December 31, 1995 and
1994,  the required cash reserves were $339,000 and $281,000  respectively,  and
were  satisfied  by vault cash on hand and amounts due from the Federal  Reserve
Bank.

NOTE 4 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES:

Securities  available-for-sale  at  December  31,  1995 and 1994  consist of the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Gross            Gross        Estimated
                                                      Amortized        Unrealized       Unrealized         Fair
December 31, 1995                                       Cost              Gains            Losses          Value
                                                     ------------    -------------    ------------    ----------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>         
U.S. Treasury securities                             $  5,896,767    $      54,767    $         18    $  5,951,516
Securities of other U.S. Government
  agencies and corporations                            11,435,284          117,387           6,316      11,546,355
Obligations of states and local
  government                                            4,439,076          111,280             104       4,550,252
Mortgage-backed securities                                394,384            3,418                         397,802
                                                     ------------    -------------    ------------    ------------

                                                     $ 22,165,511    $     286,852    $      6,438    $ 22,445,925
                                                     ============    =============    ============    ============

December 31, 1994
U.S. Treasury securities                             $  4,995,239    $                $    106,855    $  4,888,384
Securities of other U.S. Government
  agencies and corporations                             1,055,805              340          12,116       1,044,029
                                                     ------------    -------------    ------------    ------------

                                                      $ 6,051,044    $         340    $    118,971     $ 5,932,413
                                                     ============    =============    ============    ============
</TABLE>





                                                       F-10

<PAGE>


                                  COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 4 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES: (continued)

Securities held-to-maturity as of December 31, 1994 consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Gross            Gross        Estimated
                                                       Amortized       Unrealized       Unrealized         Fair
December 31, 1994                                        Cost             Gains            Losses          Value
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>                             <C>        
Obligations of states and local
  government                                           $ 1,684,334     $               $    56,280     $ 1,628,054
                                                       ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

The following is a summary of maturities of securities  available-for-sale as of
December 31, 1995 based on the  contractual  maturities.  Actual  maturities may
differ from the contractual  maturities  because borrowers may have the right to
call or prepay  obligations  with or without  penalty.  There were no securities
designated held-to-maturity as of December 31, 1995.

                                                      Amortized      Estimated
                                                        Cost        Fair Value
Due in one year or less                              $ 4,247,648     $ 4,271,909
Due after one year but within five years               8,197,634       8,279,312
Due after five years but within ten years              7,215,892       7,300,096
Due after ten years                                    2,109,953       2,196,806
Mortgage-backed securities                               394,384         397,802
                                                   -------------   -------------
                                                     $22,165,511     $22,445,925
                                                   =============   =============

Proceeds from sales of securities  available-for-sale during 1995, 1994 and 1993
were  $1,975,294,  $4,928,398 and $3,068,654,  respectively,  resulting in gross
realized  gains of $156,  $266 and  $22,327  along  with gross  realized  losses
$21,683,  $78,989  and $0,  respectively.  There  were no  sales  of  securities
held-to-maturity in 1995, 1994 or 1993.

At  December  31,  1995  and  1994,  securities  having  an  amortized  cost  of
approximately $13,821,812 and $4,607,645,  respectively, and an estimated market
value of $14,017,849 and $4,518,167, respectively, were pledged to secure public
and trust deposits,  collateralize  Federal Home Loan Bank  borrowings,  and for
other purposes as required and permitted by law.

NOTE 5 - LOANS RECEIVABLE:

Loans receivable at December 31, 1995 and 1994, are summarized as follows:

                                                       1995            1994
                                                  -------------   --------------

Commercial and agricultural                         $13,349,226      $12,231,392
Real estate                                          38,295,636       29,386,734
Home equity                                           6,593,037        4,795,981
Consumer - installment                                3,721,774        2,974,407
Consumer - credit card and checking                     868,736          978,689
Residential mortgages held for sale                     299,000          136,800
Other, net                                               76,380           61,080
                                                  -------------    -------------

                                                    $63,203,789      $50,565,083
                                                  =============    =============

At December  31, 1995 and 1994,  the  Company  had sold  participations  in real
estate loans  aggregating  $5,595,122  and  $4,882,478,  respectively,  to other
financial   institutions   on  a   nonrecourse   basis.   Collections   on  loan
participations  and  remittances  to  participating   institutions   conform  to
customary banking practices.






                                                       F-11

<PAGE>


                                  COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 5 - LOANS RECEIVABLE: (continued)

The Company accepts  residential  mortgage loan  applications and funds loans of
qualified  borrowers  (Note  1).  Funded  loans  are sold  without  recourse  to
investors at face value under the terms of pre-existing commitments. The Company
does not sell  residential  mortgages  having market or interest rate risk.  The
Company and its banking  subsidiaries do not service residential  mortgage loans
for the benefit of others.

At  December  31,  1995  and  1994,   the  banking   subsidiaries   had  pledged
approximately $6,863,611 and $7,652,106,  respectively,  of loans on residential
real estate as collateral for  borrowings  from the Federal Home Loan Bank (Note
7).

The  Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 114,
"Accounting  by  Creditors  for the  Impairment  of a Loan",  and  Statement  of
Financial  Accounting Standards No. 118, "Accounting By Creditors for Impairment
of a Loan - Income  Recognition and  Disclosures"  as of January 1, 1995.  These
statements identify how creditors should measure and account for impaired loans.
Under SFAS 114 and 118,  impairment  of loans  should be measured at the present
value of the  expected  future  cash flows  discounted  at the loan's  effective
interest  rate or at fair  value of the  collateral  if the  loan is  collateral
dependent.

Loans are defined as impaired when "based on current  information and events, it
is probable  that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according
to the contractual  terms of the loan  agreement." All loans are subject to this
criteria except for:  "smaller-balance  homogeneous  loans that are collectively
evaluated for  impairment"  and loans "measured at fair value or at the lower of
cost or fair value." The Company considers its consumer  installment  portfolio,
credit cards and home equity lines as meeting this criteria. Therefore, the real
estate  and  commercial  loan   portfolios  are  primarily   affected  by  these
Statements.

The Company  identifies  impaired loans through its normal  internal loan review
process.  Loans  on  the  Company's  problem  loan  watch  list  are  considered
potentially impaired loans. These loans are evaluated in determining whether all
outstanding  principal and interest are expected to be collected.  Loans are not
considered  impaired if a minimal  delay  occurs and all  amounts due  including
accrued  interest at the  contractual  interest rate for the period of delay are
expected to be collected.

At December  31,  1995,  management  reviewed  its  problem  loan watch list and
determined that no impairment on loans existed that would have a material effect
on the Company's consolidated financial statements. In accordance with SFAS 114,
financial  information  for prior  periods has not been restated to reflect this
Statement.

The accrual of  interest  is  discontinued  on  impaired  loans when  management
anticipates  that a borrower may be unable to meet the  obligations of the note.
Accrued  interest  through the date the  interest is  discontinued  is reversed.
Subsequent  interest  earned is recognized  only to the point that cash payments
are received.  All payments will be applied to principal if the ultimate  amount
of principal is not expected to be collected.

An analysis of the  allowance  for loan losses for the years ended  December 31,
1995, 1994 and 1993, is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          1995            1994            1993
                                                                     -------------   -------------   -------------

<S>                                                                  <C>             <C>             <C>          
        Balance, beginning of year                                   $     580,528   $     566,810   $     499,806
        Provision for loan losses                                          112,000          14,000          79,845
        Loans charged off, net                                             (21,190)           (282)        (12,841)
                                                                     -------------   -------------   -------------

        Balance, end of year                                         $     671,338   $     580,528    $    566,810
                                                                     =============   =============   =============
</TABLE>








                                                       F-12

<PAGE>


                                  COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 5 - LOANS RECEIVABLE: (continued)

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  the  Company  is a  party  to  financial
instruments  with  off-balance-sheet   risk.  These  financial  instruments  are
commitments  to extend credit and letters of credit and have elements of risk in
excess of the amount  recognized  in the balance  sheet.  Commitments  to extend
credit are  agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of
any condition  established  in the contract.  Commitments  generally  have fixed
expiration dates or other termination  clauses and may require payment of a fee.
A commitment involves, to varying degrees,  elements of credit and interest rate
risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated  balance sheets. The
Company's  exposure to credit loss in the event of  non-performance by the other
party to the instrument is represented by the contractual notional amount of the
instrument. Since certain commitments are expected to expire without being drawn
upon, the total  commitment  amounts do not  necessarily  represent  future cash
requirements.  Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee
a customer's  performance to a third party and have  essentially the same credit
risk as other lending  facilities.  The Company uses the same credit policies in
making commitments to extend credit as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

At  December  31,  1995 and  1994,  the  Company  had  unfunded  commitments  of
$11,785,530 and $8,832,576,  of which  $2,392,675 and $2,743,146,  respectively,
were  unsecured.  At December  31, 1995,  the Company was not  committed to lend
additional funds to borrowers owing nonaccrual loans.

NOTE 6 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT:

Premises and equipment at December 31, 1995 and 1994, consists of the following:

                                                      1995              1994
                                                 -------------     -------------

Land                                                $  465,159        $  286,254
Buildings                                            1,577,149         1,377,387
Furniture and equipment                              1,600,050         1,002,163
                                                 -------------     -------------
                                                     3,642,358         2,665,804

Less, accumulated depreciation                       1,111,538           927,571
                                                  ------------  ----------------

                                                    $2,530,820        $1,738,233
                                                 =============     =============

NOTE 7 - ADVANCES FROM FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK:

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank  consisted of the following at December
31, 1995:

                                                           Interest
Description                                                  Rate      Balance

Adjustable rate advances maturing:
  January 24, 1996                                           6.02%    $1,000,000
  March 9, 1996                                              5.78%       117,000
  March 23, 1997                                             5.76%     1,100,000
  April 24, 1997                                             6.02%     1,500,000
Fixed rate advances maturing:
  January 29, 1996                                           6.05%       400,000
  March 5, 1997                                              5.31%       340,000
  May 26, 1997                                               6.34%        21,176
  August 27, 1997                                            4.49%     1,615,385
  March 24, 1998                                             7.37%       150,000
                                                                   -------------
                                                                      $6,243,561


                                                       F-13

<PAGE>


                                  COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 7 - ADVANCES FROM FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK: (continued)

Scheduled  principal  reductions  of  Federal  Home  Loan Bank  advances  are as
follows:

1996                  $1,517,000
1997                   4,576,561
1998                     150,000
                   -------------
                      $6,243,561

As  collateral,  the Bank has pledged first mortgage loans on one to four family
residential  structures  aggregating  $6,863,611  (Note 5) and  debt  securities
aggregating  $1,750,000  (Note 4) at December 31, 1995. In addition,  the Bank's
Federal  Home Loan Bank stock,  which is included in other  assets  (Note 1), is
pledged to secure the  borrowings.  Certain  advances are subject to  prepayment
penalties.

NOTE 8 - DEPOSITS

The following is a summary of deposit accounts as of December 31, 1995 and 1994:

                                                           1995             1994
                                                  -------------        ---------

Non-interest bearing demand deposits                $ 9,447,005      $ 6,967,910
NOW accounts                                          8,028,202        7,157,903
Money market accounts                                 9,497,679        4,815,111
Savings accounts                                      7,921,557        6,817,919
Certificates of deposit                              38,243,131       23,386,958
                                                  -------------    -------------

                                                   $ 73,137,574      $49,145,801
                                                   ============    =============

At  December  31,  1995 and 1994,  certificates  of deposit of  $100,000 or more
totaled approximately $12,082,348 and $7,494,002, respectively. Interest expense
on these  deposits was  approximately  $471,000,  $259,000 and $253,000 in 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively.

NOTE 9 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

Pursuant to a prospectus dated February 27, 1995, the Company completed a public
offering of 520,422 shares of its common stock, resulting in net proceeds (after
deducting  issuance cost) of $6,009,860.  On June 22, 1995, the Company acquired
all of the  common  stock of  Clemson  Bank & Trust  (the  "Clemson  Bank")  for
$4,500,000.  Immediately  upon being chartered as a state bank on June 22, 1995,
the Clemson Bank assumed ownership of its  organizational  partnership's  assets
and liabilities.

Organizational  costs incurred for attorney's fees,  consultants and filing fees
in the  amount  of  $68,303  were  capitalized  and are being  amortized  over a
five-year  period.  The  unamortized  costs  are  included  in the  accompanying
consolidated balance sheet.

The Company  declared 5% stock dividends for stockholders of record on August 1,
1995,  April 1, 1994 and  September 1, 1993.  Accordingly,  amounts equal to the
estimated fair market value of the additional shares issued have been charged to
retained  earnings and credited to common stock and capital  surplus.  Dividends
representing fractional shares were paid in cash.

The Company has authorized 2,000,000 shares of an undesignated class of stock of
$1 par value which are to be designated as the Board of Directors may determine.
Further,  the  Board of  Directors  is  required  to  specify  relative  rights,
preferences  and  limitations of the  undesignated  stock prior to issuance.  At
December 31, 1995, the undesignated stock class has not been designated.



                                                       F-14

<PAGE>


                                  COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 10 - STOCK OPTIONS:

The Company has two stock option plans: an Employee  Incentive Stock Option Plan
(1988 Plan), and an Incentive and Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan (Stock Plan).

Employee  Incentive  Stock Option Plan - Adopted in 1988, this plan provides for
the  granting of options to purchase  shares of the  Company's  common  stock to
officers and other eligible employees of the Company and Greenwood Bank & Trust.
The per-share exercise price of the options may not be less than the fair market
value of a share of  common  stock on the date the  option is  granted.  Options
become  exercisable one year after the date of grant and can be exercised within
five years from the date of grant.  Any options that expire  unexercised  or are
cancelled become available for issuance.

Incentive and Nonstatutory  Stock Option Plan - During 1993 the Company approved
the terms of the Company's  Incentive Stock Option and Nonstatutory Stock Option
Plan  which  received  shareholders  approval  on May 16,  1994.  The Stock Plan
provides  for the  granting of  statutory  incentive  stock  options  within the
meaning of Section  422 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code as well as  nonstatutory
stock  options  and  stock   appreciation   rights.   Stock  options  and  stock
appreciation  rights are issuable only to employees and directors of the Company
and its  subsidiaries.  The per-share  exercise price of incentive stock options
granted  under the Stock  Plan may not be less than the fair  market  value of a
share on the date of grant,  nor can the exercise date of any option  granted be
less than ten years from the date of grant. Any options that expire  unexercised
or are cancelled become available for issuance. Options granted generally become
exercisable after one year and expire ten years from the date of grant.

Information  regarding the Company's stock option plans is summarized below (all
amounts have been restated to reflect  stock  dividends  paid in 1995,  1994 and
1993):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      1988           Stock
                                                                      Plan           Plan                  Price
<S>                                                                  <C>           <C>               <C>
Outstanding, December 31, 1992                                        25,000                         $7.45 to $10.66
Granted                                                               14,181                         $8.31
Exercised                                                              1,890                         $8.21 to $8.57
Cancelled                                                              2,836                         $7.45 to $8.31
                                                                   ---------      ----------
Outstanding, December 31, 1993                                        34,455                         $7.45 to $10.66

Granted                                                                9,812         254,592         $9.07
Exercised
Cancelled                                                              8,032                         $7.45 to $9.52
                                                                   ---------      ----------
Outstanding, December 31, 1994                                        36,235         254,592         $7.45 to $10.66

Granted                                                               14,438          15,750         $11.19 to $11.43
Exercised                                                                                300         $9.07
Cancelled                                                              5,781                         $9.07 to $11.19
                                                                   ---------      ----------
Outstanding, December 31, 1995                                        44,892         270,042         $7.45 to $11.43
                                                                   ---------      ----------

As of December 31, 1995:
  Shares reserved for issuance                                        45,379         275,325
  Options exercisable                                                 31,717         254,292
  Shares available for grant                                             487           5,283

</TABLE>


                                                       F-15

<PAGE>


                                  COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES


                                    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 11 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

Certain parties (primarily directors, executive officers, principal stockholders
and their  associates)  were loan  customers and had other  transactions  in the
normal  course of business  with the  Company.  Related  party loans are made on
substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral,  as those
prevailing at the time for comparable  transactions  with unrelated  persons and
generally  do not involve more than normal risk of  collectibility.  Total loans
and  commitments  outstanding to related  parties at December 31, 1995 and 1994,
were $2,875,550 and  $2,451,285,  respectively.  During 1995,  $1,324,732 of new
loans were made to related parties and repayments totaled $900,467.

The Company has leased land used as the site for a branch banking  location from
a director of the  Company.  The term of the lease is for five years ending July
31,  1999.  The Company can purchase the land at any time during the term of the
lease for  $90,000.  The  average  monthly  rent during the term of the lease is
$600.  Scheduled  rental payments for the remaining term of the lease are $6,500
in 1996,  $8,200 in 1997,  $9,766 in 1998 and $5,833 in 1999. In 1995,  payments
under the land lease totaled $5,300. There were no unpaid amounts outstanding at
December 31, 1995

NOTE 12 - COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

In the ordinary course of business,  the Company or its  subsidiaries  may, from
time to time, become a party to legal claims and disputes. At December 31, 1995,
management is not aware of any pending or threatened  litigation,  or unasserted
claims  that could  result in losses,  if any,  that  would be  material  to the
consolidated financial statements.

Management  anticipates  relocating  the Company's  operations  and  bookkeeping
departments  from its banking  centers during 1996. In anticipation of this, the
Company  purchased  a  commercial  lot and  building on January 29, 1996 from an
unrelated party for  approximately  $450,000.  Management  expects an additional
$70,000 to $90,000 of costs to be incurred for renovations.

Management  also plans to begin  construction  on a permanent  facility  for the
Clemson Bank during 1996.  The costs of all premises and  equipment are expected
to approximate  $1,300,000,  not to exceed $1,500,000.  As of December 31, 1995,
the  Company was not  committed  to any party for  expenditures  relating to the
construction of the new Bank.

NOTE 13 - RESTRICTION ON SUBSIDIARY DIVIDENDS:

The ability of the Company to pay cash  dividends to  stockholders  is dependent
upon  receiving  cash in the form of  dividends  from its banking  subsidiaries.
However,  certain  restrictions exist regarding the ability of the subsidiary to
transfer funds in the form of cash dividends,  loans or advances to the Company.
The prior approval of the  Commissioner of Banking is required and dividends are
payable only from the undivided profits of the banking subsidiaries. At December
31, 1995,  the  Greenwood  Bank's  undivided  profits were  $1,834,082,  and the
deficit balance in the Clemson Bank's undivided profits was $280,765.



                                                       F-16

<PAGE>


                                  COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 14 - INCOME TAXES:

Income tax expense  included in the statement of operations  for the years ended
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1995              1994             1993
                                                                             ---------        --------       -----------
<S>                                                                         <C>              <C>              <C>       
Currently payable:
  Federal                                                                   $  269,150       $ 271,737        $  275,570
  State                                                                         34,960          29,159            25,587
                                                                            ----------       ---------        ----------
                                                                               304,110         300,896           301,157
                                                                            ----------       ---------        ----------
Change in deferred income taxes:
  Federal                                                                      100,779         (39,267)          (41,775)
  State                                                                            366          (2,372)           (4,069)
                                                                            ----------       ---------        ----------
                                                                               101,145         (41,639)          (45,844)
                                                                            ----------       ----------       ----------

      Income tax expense                                                    $  405,255       $ 259,257        $  255,313
                                                                            ==========       =========        ==========

Income tax expense is allocated as follows:
  To continuing operations                                                  $  260,820       $ 300,575        $  255,313
  To stockholders' equity                                                      144,435         (41,318)                -
                                                                            ----------       ---------        ----------
                                                                            $  405,255       $ 259,257        $  255,313
                                                                            ==========       =========        ==========
</TABLE>

A summary of the  Company's  deferred  tax  accounts as of December 31, 1995 and
1994 follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      1995       1994
                                                                                   --------    -------

<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>     
Deferred tax assets                                                                $298,001   $256,000
Deferred tax liabilities                                                           $189,936   $ 46,790
Valuation allowance                                                                $      0   $      0
</TABLE>


The  principal  sources of temporary  differences  in 1995 and 1994,  and timing
differences in 1993, and the related deferred tax effects are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1995              1994             1993
                                                                            ----------       ---------        --------

<S>                                                                         <C>              <C>              <C>        
Provision for bad debts                                                     $  (38,751)      $  (5,390)       $  (27,675)
Tax depreciation in excess of book depreciation                                  7,873           3,193            (4,197)
Net operating losses                                                            (9,022)
Other, net                                                                      (3,390)          1,876           (13,972)
                                                                            ----------       ---------        ----------
    Temporary differences attributable to continuing operations                (43,290)           (321)          (45,844)

Change in valuation allowance                                                        -               -                 -
                                                                             ---------        --------         ---------
Deferred tax expense attributable to continuing operations                     (43,290)           (321)          (45,844)

Deferred tax expense (benefit) attributable to stockholders' equity            144,435         (41,318)                 -
                                                                            ----------        --------         ----------

    Change in deferred income taxes                                         $  101,145       $ (41,639)       $  (45,844)
                                                                            ==========       =========        ==========

</TABLE>



                                                           F-17

<PAGE>


                               COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                     NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 14 - INCOME TAXES: (continued)

A reconciliation of the income tax provision and the amount computed by applying
the  Federal   statutory   rate  of  34%  to  income  before  income  taxes  and
extraordinary items follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1995              1994             1993
                                                                             ---------        --------       ----------

<S>                                                                       <C>               <C>              <C>        
Income tax at the statutory rate                                          $    270,194      $  301,046       $   261,427
State income tax, net of federal benefit                                         9,959          15,838            10,838
Tax exempt interest income                                                     (46,573)        (19,367)           (8,992)
Disallowed interest expense                                                      6,089           3,809             1,498
Officers' life insurance                                                          (974)          6,077                 -
Other, net                                                                      22,125          (6,828)           (9,458)
                                                                          ------------      ----------       -----------

                                                                          $    260,820      $  300,575       $   255,313
                                                                          ============      ==========       ===========
</TABLE>

NOTE 15 - OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES:

Other  operating  expenses for the years ended December 31, 1995,  1994 and 1993
are summarized below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1995            1994              1993
                                                                                ----            ----              ----

<S>                                                                       <C>               <C>              <C>        
Federal deposit insurance assessment                                      $     59,411      $  109,001       $    99,095
Banking and ATM supplies                                                       186,286          95,897            88,444
Directors' fees                                                                 71,632          90,266            71,762
Mortgage loan department expenses                                               43,575          40,238            96,075
Amortization of organizational costs and other assets                           32,849          30,978            46,225
Computer supplies                                                              110,492          37,146            57,007
Postage and freight                                                             90,134          50,685            47,688
Professional fees                                                              115,823          92,022            96,524
Other                                                                          525,690         369,572           363,219
                                                                          ------------      ----------       -----------

                                                                          $  1,235,892      $  915,805       $   966,039
                                                                          ============      ==========       ===========
</TABLE>

NOTE 16 - RETIREMENT AND BENEFIT PLANS:

The Company  sponsors a voluntary  nonleveraged  employee  stock  ownership plan
(ESOP) as part of a 401(K)  savings plan  covering  substantially  all full-time
employees.  The Company  match is 50 cents per dollar,  up to a maximum of 3% of
employee  compensation.  Company contributions to the savings plan were $22,928,
$19,275 and $27,000 in 1995, 1994 and 1993 respectively. The Company's policy is
to fund amounts  accrued.  At December  31, 1995,  the savings plan owned 20,113
shares of the Company's  common stock purchased at an average cost of $10.42 per
share adjusted for the effects of stock dividends. The estimated value of shares
held at December 31, 1995 was $229,892.

The  Company  has a  Directors'  Incentive  Compensation  Plan and an  Officers'
Incentive  Compensation  Plan which provide that portions of directors' fees and
certain  officers'  cash awards,  respectively,  will be  determined  based upon
various performance measures of the Bank. For the years ended December 31, 1995,
1994 and 1993,  awards  under these  plans were  $26,856,  $41,966 and  $25,000,
respectively, and $57,826, $83,777 and $25,300, respectively.











                                                           F-18

<PAGE>


                 COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 16 - RETIREMENT AND BENEFIT PLANS: (continued)

The Company  has an  Executive  Supplemental  Compensation  Plan which  provides
certain officers with salary  continuation  benefits upon  retirement.  The plan
also  provides  for  benefits  in  the  event  of  early  retirement,  death  or
substantial  change of control of the Company.  For the years ended December 31,
1995,  1994 and 1993,  salary  continuation  expense  included in  salaries  and
employee benefits was $19,762, $11,881 and $2,154,  respectively.  In connection
with the Executive Supplemental Compensation Plan, life insurance contracts were
purchased  on the  officers.  In 1995,  1994 and  1993,  insurance  premiums  of
$192,210,  $192,210 and $110,000,  respectively,  were paid, of which  $180,908,
$167,689 and $95,518,  respectively,  have been  capitalized to reflect the cash
surrender value of investment life insurance contracts.

NOTE 17 - UNUSED LINES OF CREDIT:

At December  31, 1995,  the Bank had unused lines of credit to purchase  federal
funds  from  unrelated  banks  totaling  $9,250,000.  These  lines of credit are
available on a one to 14 day basis for general corporate  purposes.  The lenders
have reserved the right not to renew their respective lines.

NOTE 18 - NEWLY-ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued FASB statement
No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation,"  effective for transactions
entered  into in fiscal  years that begin  after  December  15,  1995.  FASB 123
recommends that companies  account for stock  compensation on a fair value based
method which requires  compensation  cost to be measured at the grant date based
on the value of the award and to be recognized  over the service  period.  As an
alternative,  companies  may continue to record  compensation  cost based on the
excess,  if any, of the quoted  market  price of the stock at the grant date (or
other  measurement  date) over the amount an  employee  must pay to acquire  the
stock.  However,  if a  company  elects  this  method,  it must  include  in the
financial  statements certain  disclosures which reflect pro forma amounts as if
the fair value method had been used.

Management  has not yet  determined  the method that will be used to account for
future  grants under the Company's  stock option  plans.  The impact for 1996 is
expected to be immaterial to the financial statements, and the effects on future
years has not yet been determined.




                                                           F-19

<PAGE>


                 COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 19 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

In December 1991, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued Statement on
Financial Accounting Standards No. 107 (SFAS 107), "Disclosures About Fair Value
of Financial  Instruments."  SFAS 107 extends the existing fair value disclosure
practices  for some  instruments  by requiring all entities to disclose the fair
value of financial  instruments,  both assets and liabilities recognized and not
recognized in the balance  sheet,  for which it is  practicable to estimate fair
value.  The Company has  adopted the  provisions  of SFAS 107 for its year ended
December 31, 1995.

The fair  value of a  financial  instrument  is the amount at which the asset or
obligation could be exchanged in a current  transaction between willing parties,
other than in a forced or liquidation  sale.  Fair value estimates are made at a
specific  point in time based on relevant  market  information  and  information
about the financial statements. Because no market value exists for a significant
portion  of the  financial  instruments,  fair  value  estimates  are  based  on
judgments   regarding   future  expected  loss   experience,   current  economic
conditions,  risk  characteristics of various financial  instruments,  and other
factors.

The following  methods and  assumptions  were used to estimate the fair value of
significant financial instruments:

Cash and Due from Banks - The carrying  amount is a reasonable  estimate of fair
value.

Federal  Funds  Sold -  Federal  funds  sold  are  for a term of one day and the
carrying amount approximates the fair value.

Investment   Securities   -   The   fair   values   of   marketable   securities
held-to-maturity  are  based on quoted  market  prices  or  dealer  quotes.  For
securities  available-for-sale,  fair value equals the carrying  amount which is
the quoted market price. If quoted market prices are not available,  fair values
are based on quoted market prices of comparable securities.

Loans - For certain  categories of loans,  such as variable rate loans which are
repriced  frequently  and have no  significant  change in credit risk and credit
card receivables,  fair values are based on the carrying amounts. The fair value
of other types of loans is estimated by discounting  the future cash flows using
the current rates at which  similar  loans would be made to the  borrowers  with
similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

Deposits - The fair value of demand deposits, savings, and money market accounts
is the  amount  payable  on demand at the  reporting  date.  The fair  values of
certificates of deposit are estimated  using a discounted cash flow  calculation
that  applies  current  interest  rates to a  schedule  of  aggregated  expected
maturities.

Off-Balance  Sheet  Financial  Instruments  - The fair value of  commitments  to
extend  credit  and  standby  letters  of  credit  is  estimated  using the fees
currently  charged to enter into  similar  agreements  taking  into  account the
remaining  terms  of the  agreements  and the  present  creditworthiness  of the
counterparties.  The contractual  amount is a reasonable  estimate of fair value
for the instruments  because commitments to extend credit and standby letters of
credit are issued on a short-term or floating rate basis.

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase - The
carrying  amount  is  a  reasonable   estimated  of  fair  value  because  these
instruments typically have terms of one day.

Advances  from Federal Home Loan Bank - The  carrying  amounts of variable  rate
borrowings are  reasonable  estimates of fair value because they can be repriced
frequently.  The fair  values of fixed rate  borrowings  are  estimated  using a
discounted cash flow  calculation that applies the Company's  current  borrowing
rate from the FHLB.













                                                           F-20

<PAGE>


                 COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 19 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:  continued

The  carrying  values  and  estimated  fair  values of the  Company's  financial
instruments as of December 31, 1995 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     Carrying            Estimated
                                                                                      Amount             Fair Value
<S>                                                                               <C>               <C>           
Financial Assets:
   Cash and due from banks                                                        $    2,949,289    $    2,949,289
   Federal funds sold                                                                  2,330,000         2,330,000
   Securities available-for-sale                                                      22,445,925        22,445,925
   Loans                                                                              63,203,789        63,017,141
   Allowance for loan losses                                                            (671,338)         (671,338)


Financial Liabilities:
   Demand deposit, interest-bearing transaction,
     and savings accounts                                                         $   34,894,443    $   34,894,443
   Certificates of deposit                                                            38,243,131        38,371,455
   Federal funds purchased and securities
     sold under agreements to repurchase                                               3,034,000         3,034,000
   Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank                                                6,243,561         6,227,290


Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments:
   Commitments to extend credit                                                       11,785,530        11,785,530

</TABLE>




                                                           F-21

<PAGE>


                 COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 20 - COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY):

Condensed financial statements for Community Capital Corporation (Parent Company
Only) for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 follow:

                                                      BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1995              1994
                                                                                  ---------------   --------------
<S>                                                                               <C>               <C>           
Assets
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                       $      200,379    $       11,952
  Investment in subsidiaries                                                          10,467,316         5,257,641
  Securities available-for-sale                                                        1,001,888
  Premises and equipment, net                                                            897,230           512,352
  Other assets                                                                           364,760           297,002
                                                                                  --------------    --------------

                                                                                  $   12,931,573    $    6,078,947
                                                                                  ==============    ==============
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

  Other liabilities                                                               $            3    $            -
                                                                                  --------------    --------------
     Total liabilities                                                                         3                 -
                                                                                  --------------    --------------

  Common stock                                                                         1,153,060           573,002
  Capital surplus                                                                     11,254,039         5,110,618
  Unrealized gain (loss) on securities
    available-for-sale, net                                                              177,297           (77,313)
  Retained earnings                                                                      347,174           472,640
                                                                                  --------------    --------------
     Total stockholders' equity                                                       12,931,570         6,078,947
                                                                                  --------------    --------------

       Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                 $   12,931,573    $    6,078,947
                                                                                  ==============    ==============
</TABLE>


                                                           F-22

<PAGE>


                 COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 20 - COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY): (continued)

                                                 STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1995               1994                1993
                                                                --------------    --------------         ---------

<S>                                                                 <C>              <C>              <C>         
Income:
  Interest income on securities available-for-sale                  $   27,348       $                 $    13,336
  Fee and rental income                                                 92,745            19,050             8,538
  Gain on sale of securities available-for-sale                           -                  -               5,123
                                                                        -----            -------     -------------
                                                                       120,093            19,050            26,997
                                                                  ------------    --------------     -------------

Expenses:
  Salaries                                                              19,562            12,001                 -
  Net occupancy expense                                                 67,452               188            (8,595)
  Interest expense                                                       7,764                 -                 -
  Other operating expenses                                              89,631            90,206            72,589
                                                                 -------------    --------------      ------------
                                                                       184,409           102,395            63,994
                                                                --------------    --------------      ------------

Income (loss) before income taxes, cumulative
  effect of accounting change, and equity in
  undistributed earnings of subsidiaries                               (64,316)          (83,345)          (36,997)
                                                                --------------   ---------------    --------------

Income tax benefit - allocated from
  consolidated return                                                   26,625            35,013            16,352
Cumulative effect to December 31, 1992 of a change
  in accounting principle                                                    -                 -            12,065
                                                                --------------    --------------     -------------

Income (loss) before equity in undistributed
  earnings of subsidiaries                                             (37,691)          (48,332)           (8,580)
                                                                --------------    --------------    --------------

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries                       571,559           633,188           568,902
                                                                  ------------      ------------   ---------------

Net income                                                      $      533,868    $      584,856     $     560,322
                                                                ==============    ==============     =============
</TABLE>

                                                           F-23

<PAGE>


                 COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 20 - COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY): (continued)

                                                 STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1995               1994              1993
                                                                --------------     --------------      ---------
<S>                                                             <C>               <C>                <C>          
Operating activities:
  Net income                                                    $      533,868    $      584,856     $     560,322
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to
    net cash provided (used) by operating activities:
      Cumulative effect of accounting change                                 -                 -           (12,065)
      Equity in undistributed earnings of
        subsidiaries                                                  (571,559)         (633,188)         (568,902)
      Depreciation and amortization                                     52,052            26,606            26,860
      Amortization of securities                                           490
      Deferred tax benefit                                             (10,177)          (35,013)           (5,248)
      Increase (decrease) in other liabilities                               3            (3,110)            2,443
      Increase in other assets                                         (58,216)          (57,377)           (4,024)
                                                                --------------    --------------     -------------
               Net cash used by operating activities                   (53,539)         (117,226)             (614)
                                                                       -------          --------         ---------

Investing activities:
  Purchases of premises and equipment, net                            (436,930)          (77,517)          (23,624)
  Purchases of securities available-for-sale                        (1,000,660)                -                 -
  Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale                       -                 -           207,069
  Net investment in Clemson Bank                                    (4,384,589)
  Purchase of equity securities                                              -                 -          (187,609)
                                                                --------------    --------------     -------------
              Net cash used by investing activities                 (5,822,179)          (77,517)           (4,164)
                                                                   ----------      -------------     -------------

Financing activities:
  Proceeds from the exercise of stock options                            2,721                 -            15,825
  Proceeds from sales of stock to retirement plan                       55,758           153,737                 -
  Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares                                (4,194)           (1,920)             (302)
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock                             6,009,860
  Borrowings for organization of the Clemson Bank                      457,189
  Repayment of organizational notes                                   (457,189)
                                                                --------------     -------------   ---------------
              Net cash provided by financing activities              6,064,145           151,817            15,523
                                                                --------------     -------------   ---------------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents                                                          188,427           (42,926)           10,745

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                            11,952            54,878            44,133
                                                                    ----------        -----------   --------------

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                          $      200,379    $       11,952     $      54,878
                                                                ==============    ==============     =============
</TABLE>


Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:

In 1995, 1994 and 1993, the Company  declared 5% stock dividends and transferred
$655,140, $272,637 and $245,885,  respectively, from retained earnings to common
stock and  capital  surplus in the  amounts of  $54,595,  $26,599  and  $25,219,
respectively, and $600,545, $246,038 and $220,666, respectively.



                                                           F-24

<PAGE>




                                                    SIGNATURES


           Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant,  Community Capital  Corporation,  has duly
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized.

                                       COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION



Dated: March 27, 1996                  By: /s/ WILLIAM G. STEVENS
                                           -----------------------
                                           William G. Stevens
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
registrant, Greenwood National Bancorporation,  and in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

       Signature                                       Title                                         Date
<S>                                             <C>                                              <C> 
/s/ WILLIAM G. STEVENS                          
- --------------------------------------          President (Principal                             March 27, 1996
William G. Stevens                              Executive Officer) and
                                                Director


/s/ JAMES H. STARK                               
- ----------------------------------------        Chief Financial                                  March 27, 1996
James H. Stark                                  Officer (Principal
                                                Financial and
                                                Accounting Officer)

/s/ PATRICIA C. EDMONDS                        
- ----------------------------------              Secretary and                                    March 27, 1996
Patricia C. Edmonds                             Director


             *                       
- ---------------------------------               Director                                         March 27, 1996
David P. Allred, M.D.

             * 
- ---------------------------------               Director                                         March 27, 1996
Robert C. Coleman


             *     
- --------------------------------                Director                                         March 27, 1996
John W. Drummond


             *
- --------------------------------                Director                                         March 27, 1996
Wayne Q. Justesen, Jr.


<PAGE>



             *                                                                  
- --------------------------------                Director                                        March 27, 1996
Thomas C. Lynch


            *                                                                  
- --------------------------------                Director                                        March 27, 1996
H. Edward Munnerlyn


            *                                                                 
- --------------------------------                Director                                        March 27, 1996
George B. Park


- -------------------------------                 Director                                        March 27, 1996
Joe H. Patrick, Jr.


            *                                  
- ------------------------------                  Director                                        March 27, 1996
Donna W. Robinson


            * 
- ------------------------------                  Director                                        March 27, 1996
George D. Rodgers


            *   
- ------------------------------                  Director                                        March 27, 1996
Charles J. Rogers


            * 
- ------------------------------                  Director                                        March 27, 1996
Thomas E. Skelton


            *
- ------------------------------                  Director                                        March 27, 1996
Lex D. Walters



*By: /s/ WILLIAM G. STEVENS                                                                      March 27, 1996
    ------------------------------
    (William G. Stevens) (As
    Attorney-in-Fact for each
    of the persons indicated)

[ORIGINAL EXECUTED SIGNATURE PAGE IS ON FILE WITH COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION.]

</TABLE>


<PAGE>



                                                   EXHIBIT INDEX

                                           COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION
                                                     FORM 10-K
                                      Pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit
Number                 Description                                                                                  Page No.

<S>                    <C>                                                                                          <C>
3.1                    Articles of Incorporation of Registrant.....................................................

3.2                    Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of
                       Registrant (re: Change of Name).............................................................

3.3                    Bylaws of Registrant........................................................................

10.1                   Registrant's Stock Option Plan for Employees (1988).........................................


10.2                   Registrant's Incentive Stock Option and Nonstatutory Stock
                       Option Plan (1993)..........................................................................

10.3                   Registrant's Executive Supplemental Income Plan (Summary)
                       and form of Executive Supplemental Income Agreement.........................................

10.4                   Registrant's Management Incentive Compensation Plans (Summary)..............................

10.5                   Lease Agreement dated July 8, 1994 between John W. Drummond and
                       the Registrant..............................................................................

10.6                   Lease Agreement dated September 1, 1994 between Greenwood
                       Bank & Trust and the Registrant.............................................................

10.7                   Employment Contract dated November 19, 1987 between Greenwood National
                       Bank and William G. Stevens.................................................................

10.8                   Employment and Option Agreement dated November 21, 1994 between
                       Donna W. Robinson and the Registrant........................................................

11.1                   Per Share Computations......................................................................

22.1                   Subsidiaries of the Registrant..............................................................

24.1                   Directors' Powers of Attorney...............................................................



</TABLE>

<PAGE>






                                                    EXHIBIT 3.1

                                    STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA SECRETARY OF STATE

                                             ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                                        OF
                                         GREENWOOD NATIONAL BANCORPORATION

                                                        ONE

                         The  name  of the  corporation  is  GREENWOOD  NATIONAL
BANCORPORATION.

                                                        TWO

         The corporation is organized  pursuant to the provisions of the Code of
Laws of South Carolina (1976), as amended.

                                                       THREE

         The existence of the  corporation  shall begin as of the filing date of
these Articles of Incorporation with the Secretary of State.

                                                       FOUR

                                  The corporation shall have perpetual duration.

                                                       FIVE

         The corporation is organized for profit and for the purpose of becoming
and  operating  as a bank  holding  company  and  engaging in any  business  and
activity not specifically  prohibited to bank holding companies under applicable
state and federal  laws.  The  corporation  shall have all powers  necessary  to
conduct  such  business  and engage in any such  activities,  including  but not
limited to, the powers enumerated in the Code of Laws of South Carolina.

                                                        SIX

         The  corporation  shall have  authority to be exercised by the Board of
Directors to issue a total of 12,000,000  shares of all classes of stock,  which
shall consist of not more than 10,000,000 shares of common voting stock of $1.00
par value (the "Common Stock"), and 2,000,000 shares of a special class of stock
of $1.00 par value (the "Special Stock"), which shall be designated as the Board
of

                                                         1

<PAGE>



Directors  may  determine,  and  which  may be  issued in series by the Board of
Directors.  Preferences,  limitations  and  relative  rights with respect to the
shares of each class of stock of the  corporation  shall be as  hereinafter  set
forth.
         (a) A holder of record of one or more shares of the Common  Stock shall
have one (1) vote on any matter  submitted to a stockholder  vote for each share
of the Common  Stock held.  Holders of common  stock have no  cumulative  voting
rights on any matter  submitted  to a  stockholder  vote.  Holders of the Common
Stock are entitled to the entire voting power, all dividends  declared,  and all
assets of the corporation upon liquidation,  subject to the rights of holders of
the Special Stock to such voting power,  dividends,  and assets upon liquidation
pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Article Six.
         (b) The Special  Stock may be divided into and issued from time to time
in one or more series as the Board of Directors may determine. Before any shares
of the Special  Stock of any  particular  series  shall be issued,  the Board of
Directors  shall specify the relative  rights,  preferences,  and limitations as
among the shares of such series.

                                                       SEVEN

         No holder of shares of any class of  capital  stock of the  corporation
shall  have the  preemptive  right to  acquire  unissued  shares of any class of
capital  stock of the  corporation,  unless  otherwise  provided by the Board of
Directors  in  connection  with the  establishment  of any series of the Special
Stock.
                                                       EIGHT

         Notwithstanding any affirmative vote required by law, these Articles of
Incorporation,  or the  Bylaws of this  corporation,  and  except  as  otherwise
provided herein,  the following  transactions shall require the affirmative vote
("Special  Voting  Requirement")  of the holders of not less than eighty percent
(80%) of the outstanding  Common Stock of the corporation  entitled to vote with
respect to each such transaction:

                                                         2

<PAGE>



                       (a) The  merger,  consolidation  or exchange of shares of
         this corporation with any other corporation, partnership, trust, estate
         or association;

                       (b) The sale or exchange by this  corporation of all or a
         substantial part of its assets to or with such entity;

                       (c) The issuance or delivery by this  corporation  of any
         stock or other  securities  issued by it in exchange or payment for any
         properties  or  assets  of such  entity  or  securities  issued by such
         entity, or any merger of any affiliate of this corporation with or into
         such entity or any of its affiliates; or

                       (d) The nonjudicial dissolution of the Corporation.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Special Voting Requirement shall not
apply to any such merger, consolidation,  sale or exchange, issuance or delivery
of  stock  or  other  securities,  or  dissolution  which  was  approved  by the
affirmative  vote of not less than eighty  percent (80%) of the  directors,  nor
shall it apply to any such  transactions  solely  between this  corporation  and
another  entity fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting stock or voting equity
interests  of which is owned by this  corporation.  For purposes of this Article
Eight,  an  "affiliate"  is any person  (including a  corporation,  partnership,
trust,  estate,  association or individual) who directly,  or indirectly through
one or more  intermediaries,  controls,  or is controlled by, or is under common
control with, the person specified. "Control" means the possession,  directly or
indirectly,  of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of a person,  whether  through the ownership of voting  securities,  by
contract,  or otherwise;  and, in computing the percentage of outstanding voting
stock  beneficially  owned by any person,  the shares outstanding and the shares
owned  shall  be  determined  as of the  record  date  fixed  to  determine  the
stockholders  entitled to vote or express consent with respect to such proposal.
A substantial part of the corporation's assets for purposes of these Articles of
Incorporation  shall mean  assets the book value of which  constitute  more than
twenty  percent  (20%) of the book  value,  or the  fair  market  value of which
constitutes  more than twenty  percent  (20%) of the fair market  value,  of the
total assets of this  corporation  and its  subsidiaries  taken as a whole.  The
shareholder vote, if any, required for mergers, consolidations,

                                                         3

<PAGE>



exchange of shares,  sales or exchanges  of assets,  issuances of stock or other
securities,  or  dissolution  not  expressly  provided for in these  Articles of
Incorporation, shall be such as may be required by applicable law.

                                                       NINE

         When  evaluating  any  offer of  another  party to (a) make a tender or
exchange  offer  for any  equity  security  in this  corporation,  (b)  merge or
consolidate this corporation with another corporation, (c) purchase or otherwise
acquire all or a substantial part of the assets of this  corporation,  the board
of  directors  shall,  in  connection  with  the  exercise  of its  judgment  in
determining  what  is  in  the  best  interests  of  this  corporation  and  its
shareholders,  give due  consideration  to (i) all relevant  factors,  including
without limitation,  the social, legal,  environmental,  and economic effects on
the employees, customers, suppliers and other constituencies of this corporation
and its  subsidiaries,  on the communities and geographical  areas in which this
corporation  and its  subsidiaries  operate  or are  located,  and on any of the
businesses and properties of this corporation and its  subsidiaries,  as well as
such  other  factors  as the  directors  deem  relevant,  and  (ii) not only the
consideration being offered in relation to the then current market price for the
corporation's  outstanding  shares of capital stock, but also in relation to the
then current value of the corporation in a freely negotiated  transaction and in
relation  to the  board  of  directors'  estimate  of the  future  value of this
corporation  (including the unrealized value of its properties and assets) as an
independent going concern.
                                                        TEN

         Any shareholder entitled to vote for the election of directors may make
nominations  for the election of directors  only by giving written notice to the
secretary of the corporation at least 30 days but not more than 60 days prior to
the annual meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected,  unless
such  requirement is waived in advance of the meeting by the affirmative vote of
eighty percent (80%) of the directors.

                                                         4

<PAGE>



                                                      ELEVEN

         Notwithstanding  any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation
or the Bylaws of the  corporation,  the  affirmative  vote of the holders of not
less  than  eighty  percent  (80%)  of  the  outstanding  Common  Stock  of  the
Corporation  shall be  required to remove any  director  or the entire  board of
directors of the corporation without cause.

                                                      TWELVE

         Notwithstanding  any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation
or the  Bylaws of this  corporation,  the terms of the  members  of the board of
directors shall be staggered in the manner set forth in this Article Twelve,  in
lieu of electing the whole number of directors annually. Commencing on the first
annual meeting of the shareholders of this  corporation,  the directors shall be
divided  by the board into three  classes,  each class to be as nearly  equal in
number as  possible.  The term of office of  directors  of the first class shall
expire at the first annual meeting of shareholders after their election, that of
the second class shall expire at the second  annual  meeting after the election,
and that of the third class shall expire at the end of the third annual  meeting
after their election.  After each annual meeting after such  classification  the
number of directors  equal to the number of the class whose terms expires at the
time of such  meeting  shall be  elected  to hold  office  until the third  such
succeeding  annual meeting.  The provisions of this Article Fourteen shall apply
only when the board of directors consists of nine or more members;  if the board
consists of less than nine members, the term of each such member shall expire at
the next annual meeting of the shareholders of the corporation.

                                                     THIRTEEN

         Notwithstanding  any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation
or the Bylaws of the  corporation,  the  affirmative  vote of the holders of not
less  than  eighty  percent  (80%)  of  the  outstanding  Common  Stock  of  the
corporation  shall be required to amend or repeal  Articles  Eight,  Nine,  Ten,
Eleven,  Twelve  and  Thirteen  of the  Articles  of  Incorporation  or to adopt
provisions

                                                         5

<PAGE>



inconsistent with such provisions,  unless not less than eighty percent (80%) of
the  directors  approve such  amendment,  in which case the voting  requirements
otherwise provided for by law shall apply.

                                                     FOURTEEN

         If any  provision  or any part of any  provision  of these  Articles of
Incorporation is found to be not valid for any reason,  said provisions shall be
entirely severable from, and shall have no effect upon, the remaining provisions
of these Articles of Incorporation.

                                                      FIFTEEN

         The initial registered office of the corporation shall be at:
                                       332 Main Street
                                       Suite 201,
                                       Greenwood, South Carolina 29646

The initial registered agent of the corporation at such address shall be William
G. Stevens.

                                                      SIXTEEN
 
The initial Board of Directors shall consist of thirteen members whose names and
addresses are as follows:


NAME                           ADDRESS

David P. Allred, M.D.          310 Hunting Road
                               Greenwood,  SC

Robert C. Coleman              #5 Harper Lane
                               Greenwood, SC
John W.  Drummond              Box 127
                               Ninety Six, SC

Patricia C. Edmonds            Post Office Box
135 Greenwood,  SC 

H. Edward Munnerlyn            1220 Calhoun Road
                               Greenwood, SC

George B. Park                 2860 Cokesbury Road
                               Greenwood, SC

Joe H. Patrick, Jr.            660 Chinquapin Road
                               Greenwood, SC

Henry H. Robinson III          111 Ashford Place
                               Greenwood, SC

Wayne Q. Justesen, Jr          133 Gatewood Drive
                               Greenwood, SC


                                                         6

<PAGE>



         Charles J. Rogers, Jr.                               121 Rutledge Road
                                                              Greenwood, SC
         William G. Stevens                                   134 Gatewood Drive
                                                              Greenwood, SC
         Lex D. Walters, Ph.D.                                193 Partridge Road
                                                              Greenwood, SC
         Thomas D. Wingard                                    104 Lodge Drive
                                                              Greenwood, SC

                                                     SEVENTEEN

         Every  person who was or is a party to, or is  threatened  to be made a
party to, or is otherwise involved in, any action, suit, or proceeding,  whether
civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that he
or a person  of whom he is the  legal  representative  is or was a  Director  or
Officer  of  the  Corporation  or is or  was  serving  at  the  request  of  the
Corporation or for its benefit as a director or officer of another  Corporation,
or as its  representative  in a  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust,  or other
enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless to the fullest extent legally
permissible under and pursuant to the South Carolina  Business  Corporation Act,
as may be amended  from time to time,  against all  expenses,  liabilities,  and
losses (including  without  limitation  attorneys' fees,  judgments,  fines, and
amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by him
in connection therewith. Such right of indemnification shall be a contract right
that may be  enforced  in any  manner  desired  by such  person.  Such  right of
indemnification  shall not be exclusive of any other right which such Directors,
Officers, or representatives may have or hereafter acquire and, without limiting
the  generality of such  statement,  they shall be entitled to their  respective
rights of indemnification under any bylaw, agreement,  Board of Director plan of
indemnification,  vote of Shareholders,  provision of law, or otherwise, as well
as their rights under this Article.
         The Board of  Directors  may  cause the  Corporation  to  purchase  and
maintain  insurance  on behalf of any person who is or was a Director or Officer
of the Corporation,  or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
Director  or Officer  of  another  corporation,  or as its  representative  in a
partnership,  joint venture,  trust, or other enterprise,  against any liability
asserted against such

                                                         7

<PAGE>



person and incurred in any such capacity or arising out of such status,  whether
or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person.

                                                     EIGHTEEN

                              The name and  address  of the  incorporator  is as
follows:
                                                       William G. Stevens
                                                       134 Gatewood Drive
                                                       Greenwood, South Carolina

/s/ WILLIAM G. STEVENS                                  WILLIAM G. STEVENS
Signature of Incorporator                               Type or Print Name




                                                         8

<PAGE>





                                                    EXHIBIT 3.2

                                              STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA
                                                SECRETARY OF STATE
                                               ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                               (Re: Change of Name)

                                         GREENWOOD NATIONAL BANCORPORATION

         Pursuant  to Section  33-10-106  of the 1976 South  Carolina  Code,  as
amended, the undersigned  corporation adopts the following Articles of Amendment
to its Articles of Incorporation:

1.       The name of the corporation is Greenwood National Bancorporation.

2.       On May 16, 1994, the corporation adopted the following Amendment of its
         Articles of Incorporation.

                       The name of the corporation is changed to:
                       Community Capital Corporation.

3.       The manner,  if not set forth in the amendment,  in which any exchange,
         reclassification,  or cancellation of issued shares provided for in the
         Amendment shall be effected, is as follows: (if not applicable,  insert
         "not applicable" or "NA"): Not Applicable

4.       The Amendment was adopted by shareholder action.

                       At the date of adoption of the  amendment,  the number of
                       outstanding  shares of each voting group entitled to vote
                       separately on the Amendment,  and the vote of such shares
                       was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Number of              Number of
                                                                          Votes                Undisputed
                    Number of                  Number of                Represented              Shares
Voting              Outstanding                Votes Entitled              at the                 Voted
Group                  Share                    To Be Cast                Meeting         For     Against
<S>                   <C>                         <C>                       <C>           <C>        <C>
Common                562,328                  562,328                   395,291       378,779    16,512
</TABLE>


5.    Unless  a  delayed  date is  specified,  the  effective  date of  these
      Articles of Amendments  shall be the date of  acceptance  for filing by
      the Secretary of State (See ss.33-1-230(b): upon filing.

DATE: May 19, 1994                   GREENWOOD NATIONAL
                                     BANCORPORATION

                                     By: /s/ William G. Stevens
                                     William G. Stevens
                                     Its:  President and Chief Executive Officer




<PAGE>





                                                    EXHIBIT 3.3

                                                      BYLAWS

                                                        OF

                                         GREENWOOD NATIONAL BANCORPORATION

                                   NAME CHANGED TO COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION
                                                  ON MAY 16, 1994

                                                     ARTICLE I

                                           OFFICES AND REGISTERED AGENT

         Section 1.01.  Principal  Office.  The  Corporation  shall maintain its
Principal Office in the City of Greenwood, South Carolina.

         Section 1.02.  Registered  Office.  The  Corporation  shall  maintain a
Registered Office as required by the South Carolina Business Corporation Act, as
amended (the "Act"), at a location in the State of South Carolina  designated by
the  Board  of  Directors  from  time to  time.  In the  absence  of a  contrary
designation by the Board of Directors,  the Registered Office of the Corporation
shall be located at its Principal Office.

         Section  1.03.  Other  Offices.  The  Corporation  may have such  other
offices  within and without the State of South  Carolina as the  business of the
Corporation  may require from time to time.  The authority to establish or close
such other  offices may be delegated by the Board of Directors to one or more of
the Corporation's Officers.

         Section  1.04.  Registered  Agent.  The  Corporation  shall  maintain a
Registered  Agent as required by the Act who shall have a business office at the
Corporation's  Registered  Office.  Such Registered Agent shall be designated by
the  Board of  Directors  from  time to time to serve  at its  pleasure.  In the
absence of such  designation  the  Registered  Agent shall be the  Corporation's
Secretary.

         Section  1.05.  Filings.   Unless  the  Board  of  Directors  otherwise
provides,  the  Secretary  of the  Corporation  shall cause the  Corporation  to
maintain  currently  all  filings  in  respect  of  the  Registered  Office  and
Registered  Agent with all  governmental  officials  as  required  by the Act or
otherwise by law.


                                                    ARTICLE II

                                                   SHAREHOLDERS

         Section 2.01.  Annual Meetings.  An annual meeting of the Corporation's
Shareholders  shall be held once each  calendar year for the purpose of electing
Directors and for the  transaction  of such other  business as may properly come
before the meeting.  The annual  meeting shall be held at such time and place as
the Board of Directors  shall designate from time to time. In the absence of any
such  designation to the contrary,  the annual meeting shall be held at the hour
of ten o'clock in the morning on the second Tuesday of the third month following
the

                                                         1

<PAGE>



Corporation's fiscal year-end;  but if such day shall be a holiday under federal
or South  Carolina  law,  then  such  annual  meeting  shall be held on the next
succeeding business day.

         Section 2.02.  Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Corporation's
Shareholders  may  be  called  for  any  one  or  more  lawful  purposes  by the
Corporation's President, a majority of the Board of Directors, or the holders of
record of ten percent of the Corporation's  outstanding shares of voting capital
stock.  Special meetings of the Shareholders  shall be held at the Corporation's
Registered  Office  at such  time as may be  designated  in the  notice  of such
meeting provided for hereinbelow;  provided,  however, that such meetings called
by a majority of the Board of  Directors  may be held at such place as the Board
of Directors may determine.

         Section  2.03.  Notice of  Meetings.  Written or printed  notice of all
meetings  of  Shareholders  shall be  delivered  not less than ten nor more than
fifty days before the meeting date,  either personally or by United States mail,
to all  Shareholders  of record  entitled to vote at such  meeting.  Such notice
shall  state  the  date,  time and place of the  meeting  and,  in the case of a
special meeting,  the purpose or purposes for which such meeting was called.  At
the written request, delivered personally or by registered or certified mail, of
the person or persons calling a special meeting of  Shareholders,  the President
or Secretary of the Corporation  shall fix the date and time of such meeting and
provide notice thereof to the Shareholders as required above; provided, however,
such date  shall in no event be fixed less than ten or more than fifty days from
the date such request was  received.  If such notice of the meeting is not given
within fifteen days after such request is made to the President or Secretary the
person or persons  calling  the meeting may fix the date and time of the meeting
and give or cause to be given the notice  thereof  required  above.  Notice of a
meeting of  Shareholders  need not be given to any  Shareholder who attends such
meeting or who, in person or by proxy, signs a waiver of notice either before or
after  such  meeting.  To be  effective,  such  waiver  shall  contain  recitals
sufficient to identify beyond  reasonable doubt the meeting to which it applies.
Such recitals may, but need not necessarily,  include  reference to the date and
purpose of the  meeting  and the  business  transacted  thereat.  Recital of the
proper date of a meeting  shall be conclusive  identification  of the meeting to
which a waiver of notice applies unless such waiver contains additional recitals
creating a patent ambiguity as to its proper application.

         Section 2.04.  Quorum. At any meeting of Shareholders the presence,  in
person or by proxy,  of the  holders of a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares
entitled to vote thereat shall  constitute a quorum for the  transaction  of any
business  properly before the meeting.  In the absence of a quorum a meeting may
be adjourned  from time to time in  accordance  with the  provisions  concerning
adjournments contained elsewhere in these Bylaws by the holders of a majority of
such shares as are  represented  at the  meeting in person or in proxy.  At such
adjourned  meeting a quorum of Shareholders  may transact such business as might
have been properly transacted at the original meeting.

         Section 2.05. Transaction of Business. Business transacted at an annual
meeting of  Shareholders  may include all such  business  as may  properly  come
before the meeting.  Business  transacted at a special  meeting of  Shareholders
shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice of such meeting.

         Section 2.06. Voting. Except as may otherwise be required by the Act or
the  Corporation's  Articles of  Incorporation,  and  subject to the  provisions
concerning  Shareholders of record contained elsewhere in these Bylaws, a person
(or his proxy)  present at a meeting of  Shareholders  shall be  entitled to one
vote for each share of voting  stock as to which such person is the  Shareholder
of record. In elections of Directors those candidates receiving the greater

                                                         2

<PAGE>



number of votes cast (though not necessarily  majority of the votes cast) at the
meeting shall be elected.  Any other  corporate  action shall be authorized by a
majority of the votes cast at the meeting unless otherwise  provided by the Act,
the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws. For each meeting of
Shareholders  an odd number of  persons  shall be  appointed  to serve as voting
inspectors  either by the Board of  Directors  prior to such  meeting  or by the
presiding  officer at such  meeting.  The voting  inspectors  shall by  majority
decision  resolve all disputes which may arise  concerning the  qualification of
voters, the validity of proxies,  the existence of a quorum, and the acceptance,
rejection and tabulation of votes.  Each voting  inspector shall take an oath to
execute his duties  impartially and to the best of his ability.  Such oath shall
be administered by the presiding officer to each voting inspector at the meeting
following  the call to order and before  such voting  inspector  enters upon the
discharge of his duties.

         Section  2.07.  Adjournments.  A majority of the voting  shares held by
Shareholders  of  record  present  in  person  or  by  proxy  at  a  meeting  of
Shareholders may adjourn such meeting from time to time to a date and time fixed
by notice as  provided  for above or, if such date is less than thirty days from
the date of  adjournment,  to a date fixed by such majority and announced at the
original meeting prior to adjournment.

         Section 2.08. Action Without Meeting.  The Shareholders may act without
meeting as to such  matters and in  accordance  with such  procedures  as may be
permitted by the Act.

         Section 2.09.  Shareholders  of Record.  For the purpose of determining
Shareholders  entitled  to vote at any meeting of  Shareholders,  or entitled to
receive dividends or other distributions, or in connection with any other proper
purpose requiring a determination of Shareholders,  the Board of Directors shall
by resolution fix a record date for such  determination.  Such date shall be not
more  than  fifty  and not less  then ten  days  prior to the date on which  the
activity  requiring such  determination  is to occur. The Shareholders of record
appearing  in the  stock  transfer  books  of the  Corporation  at the  close of
business on the record date as fixed shall  constitute the Shareholders of right
in respect of the activity in question.  The  Secretary or his  designate  shall
prepare a complete list of such  Shareholders in alphabetical  order showing the
address of and number of shares owned by each such Shareholder.  Such list shall
be produced at the meeting by the  Secretary or his  designate and kept open and
available for the inspection of any Shareholder at all times during the meeting.

                                                    ARTICLE III

                                                     DIRECTORS

         Section  3.01.  Authority.  The Board of Directors  shall have ultimate
authority  over the conduct and  management  of the  business and affairs of the
Corporation.

         Section  3.02.  Number.  The number of Directors  shall be fixed by the
Board of Directors  from time to time;  provided,  however,  no reduction in the
number  of  Directors  shall  have  the  effect  of  shortening  the term of any
incumbent Director.

         Section 3.03. Tenure.  Each Director shall hold office from the date of
his election and qualification  until his successor shall have been duly elected
and qualified, or until his earlier removal,  resignation,  death or incapacity.
An  election of all  Directors  by the  Shareholders  shall occur at each annual
meeting of the Corporation's Shareholders.


                                                         3

<PAGE>



         Section 3.04. Removal. Any Director may be removed from office, with or
without  cause,  by a vote of the  holders  of a  majority  of the shares of the
Corporation's  voting stock.  Any Director may be removed from office with cause
by a  majority  vote of the Board of  Directors  at a meeting  at which only the
removal and replacement of the Director in question shall be considered.

         Section 3.05. Vacancies. The Board of Directors may by majority vote of
the Directors then in office,  regardless of whether such Directors constitute a
quorum,  elect a new  Director  to fill a  vacancy  on the  Board of  Directors;
provided,  however,  no person may be  elected to fill a vacancy  created by his
removal from office pursuant to these Bylaws.

         Section  3.06.  Regular  Meetings.  A regular  meeting  of the Board of
Directors shall be held without notice other than this Bylaw immediately  after,
and at the same  place as,  the annual  meeting  of  Shareholders.  The Board of
Directors  may by  resolution  provide  for the  holding of  additional  regular
meetings  without notice other than such  resolution;  provided,  however,  such
resolution  shall fix the date,  time and place (which may be anywhere within or
without the State of South Carolina) for such regular meetings.

         Section  3.07.  Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings  of the  Board of
Directors  may be called for any lawful  purpose or purposes by any  Director or
the President of the  Corporation.  The person  calling a special  meeting shall
give, or cause to be given,  to each Director notice of the date, time and place
of the meeting by any normal  means of  communication  no less than  seventy-two
hours nor more than  sixty  days prior  thereto.  Any time or place  fixed for a
special  meeting  must  permit   participation  in  such  meeting  by  means  of
telecommunications  as authorized below. Notice of a special meeting need not be
given to any Director who signs a waiver of notice  either  before or after such
meeting.  To be  effective  such waiver shall  contain  recitals  sufficient  to
identify beyond reasonable doubt the meeting to which it applies.  Such recitals
may, but need not necessarily,  include reference to the date and purpose of the
meeting and the  business  transacted  thereat.  Recital of the proper date of a
meeting shall be conclusive  identification  of the meeting to which a waiver of
notice applies unless such waiver contains additional recitals creating a patent
ambiguity as to its proper application.

         Section 3.08.  Participation  by  Telecommunications.  Any Director may
participate  in,  and be  regarded  as present  at, any  meeting of the Board of
Directors by means of conference  telephone or any other means of  communication
by which all  persons  participating  in the  meeting can hear each other at the
same time.

         Section  3.09.   Quorum.  A  majority  of  Directors  in  office  shall
constitute a quorum for the  transaction of business at any meeting of the Board
of Directors.

         Section 3.10. Action. The Board of Directors shall take action pursuant
to resolutions  adopted by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the Directors
participating in a meeting at which a quorum is present, or the affirmative vote
of a greater number of Directors where required by the Corporation's Articles of
Incorporation,  these  Bylaws,  or otherwise by law. The Board of Directors  may
also take  action  without  meeting as to such  matters  and  according  to such
procedures as may be authorized by the Act.

         Section  3.11.  Committees.  The Board of Directors  may by  resolution
designate  and  delegate  authority  to an  Executive  Committee  and such other
committees as may be permitted by the Act.


                                                         4

<PAGE>



         Section  3.12.  Compensation.  The Board of Directors may by resolution
authorize payment to all Directors of a uniform fixed sum for attendance at each
meeting or a uniform stated salary as a Director. No such payment shall preclude
any Director from serving the  Corporation  in any other  capacity and receiving
compensation  therefor.  The Board of Directors may also by resolution authorize
the payment of  reimbursement  of all expenses of each Director  related to such
Director's attendance at meetings.

                                                    ARTICLE IV

                                                     OFFICERS

         Section 4.01. In General.  The Offices of the Corporation shall consist
of a  President,  a  Vice  President,  a  Secretary  and a  Treasurer  and  such
additional vice  presidents,  assistant  secretaries,  assistant  treasurers and
other officers and agents as the Board of Directors deems advisable from time to
time.  All Officers shall be appointed by the Board of Directors to serve at its
pleasure. Any Officer may be removed by the Board of Directors at any time, with
or  without  cause.  One  person may hold two or more  offices  except  that the
President shall not  simultaneously  serve as a Vice President or the Secretary.
Each Officer shall exercise such authority and perform such duties as may be set
forth in these Bylaws and such  additional  authority and duties as the Board of
Directors shall determine from time to time.

         Section 4.02.  President.  The President  shall be the chief  executive
officer  of the  Corporation  and,  subject  to the  authority  of the  Board of
Directors,  shall  manage  the  business  and  affairs of the  Corporation.  The
President shall preside at all meetings of the  Shareholders and all meetings of
the  Board of  Directors  and  shall  see that the  resolutions  of the Board of
Directors  are put into  effect.  The  President  shall have full  authority  to
execute on the Corporation's  behalf any and all contracts,  agreements,  notes,
bonds, deeds, mortgages, certificates, instruments and other documents except as
may be specifically limited by resolution of the Board of Directors.

         Section 4.03. Vice President.  The Vice President shall serve under the
direction of the President. In the absence,  incapacity, or inability or refusal
of the  President to act, the Vice  President  shall  assume the  authority  and
perform the duties of the  President.  If the Board of Directors  appoints  more
than  one  Vice  President,  the  seniority  of the  Vice  Presidents  shall  be
determined  from their date of appointment  unless the Board of Directors  shall
otherwise specify.

         Section 4.04.  Secretary.  Except as otherwise provided by these Bylaws
or  determined by the Board of  Directors,  the Secretary  shall serve under the
direction  of the  President.  The  Secretary  shall  attend all meetings of the
Shareholders and the Board of Directors and record the proceedings  thereof. The
Secretary shall give, or cause to be given,  all notices in connection with such
meetings.  The Secretary  shall be custodian of the Corporate seal and affix the
seal to document requiring it.

         Section 4.05. Treasurer. Except as otherwise provided by these Bylaw or
determined  by the Board of  Directors,  the  Treasurer  shall  serve  under the
direction  of the  President.  The  Treasurer  shall under the  Direction of the
President keep safe custody of the Corporation's funds and maintain complete and
accurate books and records of account.  The Treasurer  shall upon request report
to the Board of Directors on the financial condition of the Corporation.

         Section 4.06. Assistant Officers. Except as otherwise provided by these
Bylaws or determined by the Board of Directors,  the Assistant  Secretaries  and
Assistant Treasurers, if

                                                         5

<PAGE>



any,  shall  serve  under  the  immediate  direction  of the  Secretary  and the
Treasurer,  respectively, and under the ultimate direction of the President. The
Assistant  Officers  shall assume the  authority and perform the duties of their
respective  immediate  superior  Officer  as may be  necessary  in the  absence,
incapacity,  or inability or refusal of such immediate  superior Officer to act.
The  seniority  of Assistant  Officers  shall be  determined  from their date of
appointment unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise specify.

                                                     ARTICLE V

                                                  INDEMNIFICATION

         Section  5.01.  Scope.  Every  person  who was or is a party  to, or is
threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, any action, suit,
or proceeding,  whether civil, criminal,  administrative,  or investigative,  by
reason of the fact that he or a person of whom he is the legal representative is
or was a  Director  or Officer of the  Corporation  or is or was  serving at the
request  of the  Corporation  or for its  benefit  as a  director  or officer of
another Corporation,  or as its representative in a partnership,  joint venture,
trust,  or other  enterprise,  shall be  indemnified  and held  harmless  to the
fullest extent legally  permissible  under and pursuant to the Act,  against all
expenses, liabilities, and losses (including without limitation attorneys' fees,
judgments,  fines,  and  amounts  paid or to be paid in  settlement)  reasonably
incurred   or  suffered  by  him  in   connection   therewith.   Such  right  of
indemnification  shall be a contract  right that may be  enforced  in any manner
desired by such person. Such right of indemnification  shall not be exclusive of
any other right which such Directors,  Officers,  or representatives may have or
hereafter  acquire and, without limiting the generality of such statement,  they
shall be entitled to their respective rights of indemnification under any bylaw,
agreement,  vote of  Shareholders,  provision of law, or  otherwise,  as well as
their rights under this Article.

         Section  5.02.  Insurance.   The  Board  of  Directors  may  cause  the
Corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or
was a  Director  or  Officer  of the  Corporation,  or is or was  serving at the
request of the Corporation as a Director or Officer of another  corporation,  or
as  its  representative  in  a  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust,  or  other
enterprise,  against any liability  asserted against such person and incurred in
any such capacity or arising out of such status,  whether or not the Corporation
would have the power to indemnify such person.

                                                    ARTICLE VI

                                                   MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 6.01. Certificates for Shares. Certificates representing shares
of capital stock of the  Corporation  shall state upon the face thereof the name
of the person to whom issued,  the number of shares, the par value per share and
the fact that the  Corporation ia organized under the laws of the State of South
Carolina. Such certificates shall be signed by the President or a Vice President
and by the  Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary.  All  certificates  for shares
shall be consecutively  numbered. The name and address of the person to whom the
shares  represented  thereby are  issued,  with the number of shares and date of
issuance,  shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the Corporation.  All
certificates  surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be cancelled and
no new  certificate  shall be issued  until the  former  certificate  for a like
number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled,  except that in case
of a lost,  destroyed or mutilated  certificate a new one may be issued therefor
upon  the  making  of an  affidavit  by the  holder  of  record  of  the  shares
represented by such certificate setting forth the facts

                                                         6

<PAGE>



concerning the loss, theft or mutilation thereof and upon such bond or indemnity
to the Corporation as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

         Section 6.02. Transfer of Shares. Subject to the provisions of the Act,
transfer of shares of the  Corporation  shall be made only on the stock transfer
books of the  Corporation  by the  holder of  record  thereof  or by his  agent,
attorney-in-fact  or  other  legal  representative,  who  shall  furnish  proper
evidence of  authority to  transfer,  upon  surrender  for  cancellation  of the
certificate for such shares.  The person in whose name shares stand on the stock
transfer books of the  Corporation  shall be deemed by the Corporation to be the
owner thereof for all purposes.

         Section 6.03.  Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be
established,  and may be altered,  by resolution of the Board of Directors  from
time to time as it deems advisable.

         Section 6.04.  Dividends.  The Board of Directors may from time to time
declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the
manner  and upon the  terms  and  conditions  as the  Board of  Directors  deems
advisable and as permitted by law.

         Section 6.05.  Seal. The seal of the  Corporation  shall be circular in
form and shall have inscribed  thereon the name of the Corporation,  the year of
its organization, and the words "Corporate Seal, State of South Carolina."

         Section  6.06.  Amendments.  These  Bylaws may be  altered,  amended or
repealed,  and new Bylaws  may be  adopted,  by a majority  vote of the Board of
Directors or as otherwise permitted by law.

                                                         7

<PAGE>





                                                   EXHIBIT 10.1

                                            EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                         GREENWOOD NATIONAL BANCORPORATION

1.       PURPOSE

         This Employee Stock Option Plan  (hereinafter,  the "Plan") is intended
as an  incentive  and to  encourage  stock  ownership  by employees of GREENWOOD
NATIONAL  BANCORPORATION  (hereinafter,   the  "Company")  and  its  subsidiary,
GREENWOOD  NATIONAL  BANK  thereinafter,  the  "Bank"),  as such  employees  are
selected  as  described  herein,  50 that they may  acquire  or  increase  their
proprietary  interest in the success of the Company,  and to  encourage  them to
remain in the  employ of the  Company  and/or the Bank.  It is further  intended
that, unless  specifically  designated as otherwise,  options issued pursuant to
this Plan shall  constitute  incentive  stock options  thereinafter,  "Incentive
Stock Options")  within the meaning of Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as such may be amended from time to time (hereinafter,  "Code"). Unless
otherwise  specifically noted herein, the term "option" or "options" shall refer
to  Incentive  Stock  Options;  however,  the Board may  specifically  designate
non-incentive  stock  options  as long as the  grant of such  complies  with all
applicable laws. This Plan does not include certain options granted to the Chief
Executive Officer under an employment agreement dated November 19, 1981.

2.       ADMINISTRATION

         Except  for  matters  specifically  reserved  herein  for the  Board of
Directors,  the Plan shall be  administered  by a Compensation  Committee of the
Board of Directors of the Company (the "Committee").  The Committee shall select
one of its members as Chairman, and shall hold meetings at such times and places
as it may  determine.  A majority of the Committee at which a quorum is present,
or acts  reduced to or  approved  in writing by a majority of the members of the
Committee,  shall be the valid acts of the Committee. No director while a member
of the  Committee  shall be  eligible  to receive  an option  under the Plan The
Committee shall from time to time at its discretion make  recommendations to the
Board of Directors of the Company  with  respect to the  employees  who shall be
granted  options and the amount of stock to be  optioned  to each.  Hereinafter,
reference to Board,  Director(s) or Board of Directors shall refer to the Board,
Director's) or Board of Directors of the Company.

         The  interpretation,  construction  and  acts by the  Committee  of any
provisions  of the Plan or of any option  granted under it shall be final unless
otherwise  determined by the Board of Directors at its next regularly  scheduled
meeting or any  subsequent  meeting(s)  that, in the  discretion of the Board of
Directors, is necessary to further consider such interpretation, construction or
acts of the  Committee.  No member of the Board of  Directors  or the  Committee
shall be liable for any action or determination  made in good faith with respect
to the Plan or any option granted under it.

3.       ELIGIBILITY

         Except as may be  specifically  restricted in the Plan, the persons who
shall be eligible to receive  options  shall be employees  (including  officers,
whether or not they are  directors) of the Company and/or the Bank existing from
time to time as the Board of Directors shall select from time to time from among
those nominated by the Committee. An optionee may hold more than one option, but
only on the terms and subject to the restrictions hereafter set forth. No person
shall be  eligible  to receive an option for a larger  number of shares  than is
recommended for him by the Committee. Notwithstanding anything contained herein,
no otherwise  eligible  employee may be issued an Incentive Stock Option if such
employee owns (as defined in any  applicable  portions of Sections 422, 422A and
425 of the Code) more than ten (10%) percent of the total combined  voting power
or value of all  classes of stock of the  Company  or any  parent or  subsidiary
unless the option  exercise  price is at least one hundred ten (110%) percent of
the fair  market  value of the  applicable  stock of the Company at the time the
option is granted,  and such option must be exercised within five (5) years from
the date of the grant of such option.



4.       STOCK

         The stock  subject to the options  shall be shares of the Company  (and
all successor  corporations)  authorized but unissued or  reacquired,  $1.00 par
value common stock,  hereafter  sometimes  called "Capital Stock." The aggregate
number of shares which may be issued under  Incentive  Stock  options  shall not
exceed  41,000  shares of Capital  Stock.  The number of shares with  respect to
which Incentive  Stock Option rights may be granted to any individual  under any
and all  options  which  are  issued  to him by the  Company  shall  not  exceed
applicable restrictions

                                                         1

<PAGE>



under the Internal  Revenue Code and any other  applicable  law. The limitations
established by each of the preceding sentences shall be subject to adjustment as
provided in Article 5(h) of the Plan.

         In the event that any outstanding  option under the Plan for any reason
expires  or is  terminated,  the  shares  of  Capital  Stock  allocable  to  the
unexercised portion of such option may again be subjected to an option under the
Plan.

5.       TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

         Stock options  granted  pursuant to the Plan shall be authorized by the
Board of Directors  and shall be evidenced by  certificates  in such form as the
Committee  shall from time to time  recommend  and the Board of Directors  shall
from time to time approve,  which  certificates shall comply with and be subject
to the following terms and conditions  which may be incorporated by reference to
this Plan in such certificate:

         (a)           Optionee's Agreement

         Each  optionee  shall agree to remain in the employ of and to render to
the Bank and/or the Company (as applicable) his/her services for a period of one
(1) year from the date of the option,  but such agreement  shall not impose upon
the Company  and/or the Bank any obligation to retain the optionee in the employ
of either or both for any period.

         (b)           Number of Shares

         Each option shall state the number of shares to which it pertains.

         (c)           Option Price

         Except in the case of an Incentive  Stock Option  issued to a ten (10%)
percent or greater  shareholder  as described in Paragraph 3 herein,  the option
price shall be not less than one hundred (100%) percent of the fair market value
of the  underlying  shares of the  Capital  Stock of the Company at the time the
option is granted.  The Committee  shall  recommend,  and the Board of Directors
shall fix,  the option  price and shall  make such a  determination  by a method
consistent  with  the  applicable  provisions  of  the  Code  and  any  Treasury
Regulations promulgated thereunder and, in doing such, shall have full authority
and discretion and be fully protected in doing so.

         (d)           Medium and Time of Payment

         The option  price shall be payable in United  States  dollars  upon the
exercise of the option and may be paid in cash or by check.

         (e)           Term and Exercise of Options

         No option shall be exercisable  either in whole or in part prior to one
(1) year from the date it is granted.  The Committee may provide,  however,  for
the exercise of options  before the initial one (1) year  period,  but not after
the  expiration  of three (3) months  from the date such  employee  ceases to be
employed  with the Company  and/or the Bank,  if the  employee  shall,  with the
approval of the Company and/or the Bank (as applicable), retire. No option shall
be  exercisable  after  the  expiration  of five (5)  years  from the date it is
granted.  No less than one hundred [100) shares may be purchased at any one time
unless the number  purchased is the total number at the time  purchasable  under
the option. During the lifetime of the optionee, the option shall be exercisable
only  by  him/her.  The  Incentive  Stock  Option  shall  not be  assignable  or
transferable  by the  optionee  and no other  person  shall  acquire  any rights
therein except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

         (f)           Termination of Employment
                       Except Death/Retirement

         In the event that an  optionee  shall  cease to be employed by the Bank
for any reason other than his/her death or retirement  and shall be no longer in
the employ of any of them,  subject  to the  condition  that no option  shall be
exercisable  after the expiration of five (5) years from the date it is granted,
such  optionee  shall have the right to  exercise  the option at any time within
three (3) months after such  termination  of  employment  to the extent  his/her
right to exercise  such option had accrued  pursuant to Article 5(e) of the Plan
and had not previously been exercised at the date of such  termination.  Whether
authorized  leave of absence or absence  for  military or  governmental  service
shall constitute termination of employment,  for the purposes of the Plan, shall
be determined by the Committee, which

                                                         2

<PAGE>



determination,  unless  overruled by the Board of Directors under the procedures
described in Paragraph 2 herein, shall be final and conclusive.

         (g)           Death of Optionee and Transfer of Option

         If the  optionee  shall die while in the employ of the Bank or within a
period of three (3) months after the termination of his employment with the Bank
and shall not have fully  exercised  the  option,  an option  may be  exercised,
subject  to the  condition  that  no  option  shall  be  exercisable  after  the
expiration of five (5) years from the date it is granted, to the extent that the
optionee's right to exercise such option had accrued pursuant to Article 5(e) of
the Plan at the time of his death and had not previously been exercised,  at any
time  within  one (1) year  after the  optionee's  death,  by the  executors  or
administrators  of the  optionee  or by any  person or  persons  who shall  have
acquired the option directly from the optionee by bequest or inheritance.

         No option shall be transferable by the optionee  otherwise than by will
or the laws of descent and distribution.

         (h)           Recapitalization

         Subject  to any  required  action by the  stockholders,  the  number of
share" of Capital Stock covered by each  outstanding  option,  and the price per
share  thereof  in each such  option,  and the  number of  shares  reserved  for
purposes of this option plan, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase
or  decrease  in the  number of issued  shares of Capital  Stock of the  Company
resulting  from a  subdivision  or  consolidation  of shares or the payment of a
stock dividend (but only on the Capital Stock) or any other increase or decrease
in the number of such shares effected  without receipt of  consideration  by the
Company.

         Subject to any  required  action by the  stockholders,  if the  Company
shall be the  surviving  corporation  or entity in any merger or  consolidation,
each outstanding  option shall pertain to and apply to the securities to which a
holder of the number of shares of Capital Stock subject to the option would have
been  entitled.  A  dissolution  or  liquidation  of the  Company or a merger or
consolidation  in which the Company is not the surviving  corporation  or entity
shall cause each  outstanding  option to terminate,  provided that each optionee
shall,  in such event,  if employed with the Company or the Bank for a period of
six (6) months  from the date the option  shall  have  expired,  have the right,
immediately  prior to such dissolution or liquidation or merger or consolidation
in which the Company is not the  surviving  corporation  or entity,  to exercise
his/her  option in whole or in part without  regard to the provisions of Article
5(a) and (e) of the Plan.

         In the  event of a  change  in the  Capital  Stock  of the  Company  as
presently  constituted,  which is limited  to a change of all of its  authorized
shares with par value, into the same number of shares with a different par value
or without par value,  the shares resulting from any such change shall be deemed
to be the Capital Stock within the meaning of the Plan.

         To the  extent  that  the  foregoing  adjustments  relate  to  stock or
securities  of the Company,  such  adjustments  shall be made by the  Committee,
whose  determination  in that respect  shall be final,  binding and  conclusive,
provided that each option granted  pursuant to the Plan shall not be adjusted in
a manner that  causes the option to fail to continue to qualify as an  incentive
stock option within the meaning of Section 422A of the Code.

         Except as  hereinbefore  expressly  provided in this Article 5(h),  the
optionee shall have no rights by reason of any subdivision or  consolidation  of
shares of stock of any class or the  payment of any stock  dividend or any other
increase  or decrease in the number of shares of stock of and class or by reason
of any dissolution,  liquidation, merger, or consolidation or spin-off of assets
or stock of another corporation, and any issue by the Company of shares of stock
of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall
not affect,  and no adjustment by reason  thereof shall be made with respect to,
the number or price of shares of Capital Stock subject to the option.

         The grant of an option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way
the  right or  power  of the  Company  to make  adjustments,  reclassifications,
reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure,  or to merge or
to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of
its business or assets.

         (i)           Rights as a Stockholder

         An  optionee  or a  transferee  of an option  shall have no rights as a
stockholder  with respect to any shares covered by his/her option until the date
of the issuance of a stock certificate to him/her for such shares. No adjustment
shall  be made  for  dividends  "ordinary  or  extraordinary,  whether  in cash,
securities  or other  property) or  distributions  or other rights for which the
record  date is prior to the date such stock  certificate  is issued,  except as
provided in Article 5(h) hereof.

                                                         3

<PAGE>





         (j)           Amendment

         The Plan may from time to time be  terminated,  modified  or amended by
the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  in such  respects  as it  shall  deem
advisable in order that the options granted  hereunder shall be "Incentive Stock
Options" as such term is defined in Section  422A of the Code,  or to conform to
any change in any law or regulation  governing the same or in any other respect;
provided,  however, that no such modification or amendment shall change: (i) the
maximum number of shares for which options may be granted under the Plan, either
in the aggregate or to any individual employee, with the exception of changes in
such  maximum by reason of the  operation  of the  provisions  of  Section  5(h)
hereof;  (ii) the option  price,  with the exception of changes in such price by
reason of the  operation of the  provisions  of Section 5(h) hereof and with the
exception of changes in  determining  the fair market value of common shares for
the  purposes  of  Section  5(c)  hereof  to  conform  with any then  applicable
provision of the Code or regulations promulgated  thereunder;  (iii) the maximum
period during which the options granted under the Plan may be exercised (iv) the
provisions  relating to the  determination  of employees to whom options granted
hereunder  shall be granted and the number of shares  covered  thereunder or (v)
the provisions  relating to adjustments to be made upon those changes  described
in Section 5(h) hereof.

         (k)           Investment Purpose

         Each option under the Plan shall be granted on the  condition  that the
purchases of stock  thereunder  shall be for investment  purposes and not with a
view to resale or  distribution  except  that in the event the stock  subject to
such option is registered  under the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  or in
the event a resale of such stock without such  registration  would  otherwise be
permissible,  such  condition  shall be inoperative if in the opinion of counsel
for the Company such  condition is not required under the Securities Act of 1933
or any other applicable law, regulation, or rule of any governmental agency.

         (l)           Other Provisions

         The option  agreements  authorized  under the Plan shall  contain  such
other provisions, including, without limitation,  restrictions upon the exercise
of the option,  as the Committee and the Board of Directors of the Company shall
deem advisable.  Any such option  agreement  shall contain such  limitations and
restrictions upon the exercise of the option as shall be necessary in order that
such option will be an  "Incentive  Stock  Option" as defined in Section 422A of
the Code or to conform to any change in the law.

         (m)           $100,000 Exercise Limitation

         The fair  market  value  (determined  at the time the  Incentive  Stock
Option is granted) of the shares of Capital Stock covered by options exercisable
for the first time by an  employee  during any  calendar  year after 1986 (i.e.,
incentive  stock  options  under all plans of the  Company,  or of any parent or
subsidiary of the Company) shall not exceed $100,000, but the foregoing shall be
subject to the interpretation of the Internal Revenue Service and applicable law
of the  provisions  of Code ss.  422A(b)(7)  as such Code section may be amended
from time to time.

         The foregoing matters shall be considered a part of the Plan herein.

6.       TERM OF PLAN

         Options may be granted  pursuant to the plan from time to time within a
period of five (5) years from the date the Plan is adopted, or the date the Plan
is approved by the stockholders, whichever is earlier.

7.       INDEMNIFICATION OF COMMITTEE

         In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as
Directors or as members of the  Committee,  the members of the Committee and the
Directors  participating  in decisions  and other  matters  pursuant to the Plan
shall be indemnified by the Company against the reasonable  expenses,  including
attorneys' fees actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense
of any action, suit or proceeding,  or in connection with any appeal therein, to
which  they or any of them  may be a party  by  reason  of any  action  taken or
failure  to act  under or in  connection  with the  Plan or any  option  granted
thereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided
such  settlement  is  approved  by  independent  legal  counsel  selected by the
Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action,  suit
or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in
such action,  suit or proceeding that such Committee  member or such Director(s)
is liable  for  negligence  or  misconduct  in the  performance  of his  duties;
provided that within sixty (60) days after institution of any such action,

                                                         4

<PAGE>



suit or  proceeding a Committee  member  shall in writing  offer the Company the
opportunity,  at its own expense, to handle and defend the same. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the provisions of this Paragraph 7 shall not be applicable to the
extent such is violative to applicable law, and if only a portion,  but not all,
of  Paragraph  7 shall  so  violate  applicable  law,  then the  balance  of the
Paragraph  7 and the Plan shall  remain and be  enforceable,  and the portion or
portions of Paragraph 7 which so violate  applicable  law shall be, if possible,
interpreted so as to allow  enforceability to the maximum extent allowable under
law.

8.       APPLICATION OF FUNDS

         The  proceeds  received by the Company  from the sale of Capital  Stock
pursuant to options will be used for general corporate purposes.

9.       NO OBLIGATION TO EXERCISE OPTION

         The granting of an option shall impose no obligation  upon the optionee
to exercise such option.

10.       RATIFICATION BY STOCKHOLDERS AND EFFECTIVE DATE

         As this Plan is  adopted by the Board of  Directors,  this Plan must be
approved  by the  holders of a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of Capital
Stock,  and such  approval  must occur within the period  beginning  twelve (12)
months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board of Directors. If and when
such approval is made by the  shareholders,  the date of such approval  shall be
the effective date of this Plan and such date shall be entered below.

                                       Effective Date of Plan October 10, 1988



         EXECUTED this 10th day of October, 1988.


     /s/ David P. Allred


     /s/ Robert C. Coleman


     /s/ John Drummond


     /s/ Patricia C. Edmond


     /s/ Wayne Q. Justesen, Jr.


    /s/ H. Edward Munnerlyn


    /s/ George B. Park




     /s/ Joe H. Patrick


     /s/ H. H. Robinson, III


     /s/ Charles J. Rogers


     /s/ W.G. Stevens


     /s/ Lex D. Walters


     /s/ Thomas D. Wingard


                                                         5

<PAGE>





                                                   EXHIBIT 10.2

                                         GREENWOOD NATIONAL BANCORPORATION
                                             GREENWOOD, SOUTH CAROLINA


                                              INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AND
                                            NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION PLAN


1.       Purpose and Scope

         The purpose of this Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and
its shareholders by strengthening its ability to attract and retain key officers
and  directors  by  furnishing  additional  incentives  whereby such present and
future officers,  key employees,  and directors may be encouraged to acquire, or
to increase their  acquisition of, the Company's common stock,  thus maintaining
their personal and proprietary  interest in the Company's  continued success and
progress.  The Plan  provides for the grant of Incentive  Stock  Options and the
grant of Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Appreciation  Rights in accordance
with the terms and conditions set forth below.

2.       Definitions

         Unless otherwise required by the context:

         2.01.        "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

         2.02.  "Committee"  shall mean the Stock Option Plan  Committee,  which
consists of members appointed by the Board.

         2.03. "Company" shall mean Greenwood National  Bancorporation,  a South
Carolina corporation, and any subsidiary corporation

         2.04. "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         2.05.  "Incentive  Stock Option" shall mean a right to purchase  stock,
granted  pursuant to the Plan, which qualifies under Section 422 of the Code and
the regulations thereunder.


<PAGE>



         2.06.  "Nonstatutory Stock Option" shall mean a right to purchase Stock
granted  pursuant to the Plan,  which does not qualify  under Section 422 of the
Code and the regulations thereunder.

         2.07.  "Options"  shall  mean  either  an  Incentive  Stock  Option  or
Nonstatutory Stock Option.

         2.08.  "Option  Price" shall mean the purchase price for Stock under an
Incentive Stock Option or Nonstatutory  Stock Option, as determined in Section 6
below.

         2.09. "Participant" shall mean anyone to whom an Incentive Stock Option
or Nonstatutory Stock Option is granted under the Plan.

         2.10.  "Plan" shall mean the Greenwood  National  Bancorporation  Stock
Option Plan.

         2.11.  "Stock"  shall  mean  the  common  stock of  Greenwood  National
Bancorporation.

         2.12.  "Stock  Appreciation  Right" shall mean a right to receive cash,
granted pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.

3.       Stock to be Optioned

         Subject to the provisions of Section 15 of the Plan, the maximum number
of shares  of Stock  that may be  optioned  or sold  under  the Plan is  250,000
shares.  Such shares may be treasury,  or  authorized,  but unissued,  shares of
Stock of the Company. If any Incentive Stock Option or Nonstatutory Stock Option
granted under the Plan shall expire or terminate for any reason  without  having
been  exercised in full,  the shares not purchased  shall again be available for
purposes of the Plan.
 4.  Administration 

         The Plan shall be  administered  by the  Committee.  Two members of the
Committee  shall  constitute  a quorum  for the  transaction  of  business.  The
Committee  shall be  responsible to the Board for the operation of the Plan, and
shall make  recommendations  to the Board with respect to  participation  in the
Plan by employees and directors of the Company, and with respect to the extent

                                                         2

<PAGE>



of that  participation.  The interpretation and construction of any provision of
the Plan by the Committee  shall be final,  unless  otherwise  determined by the
Board. No member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable for any action or
determination made by him in good faith.

5.       Eligibility

         The Board, upon recommendation of the Committee, may grant Nonstatutory
Stock Options to any security  holder of the Company and Incentive Stock Options
or Nonstatutory Stock Options to any officer,  key executive,  administrative or
other employee (including an employee who is a director of the Company). Options
may be  awarded  by  the  Board  at any  time  and  from  time  to  time  to new
Participants,  or to then  Participants,  or to a greater  or  lesser  number of
Participants,  and may include or exclude previous  Participants,  as the Board,
upon  recommendation  by the  Committee  shall  determine.  Options  granted  at
different times need not contain similar provisions.

6. Option Price

         The purchase price for Stock under each Nonstatutory Stock Option shall
be 100 percent of the fair  market  value of the Stock at the time the Option is
granted, unless the Committee determines otherwise. The purchase price for stock
under each Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100 percent of the fair
market value of the Stock at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted.

7. Terms and Conditions of Options

         Options  granted  pursuant to the Plan shall be authorized by the Board
and shall be evidenced  by a Stock  Option  Agreement in such form as the Board,
upon  recommendation  of the  Committee,  shall from time to time approve.  Such
agreements  shall  comply  with  and be  subject  to  the  following  terms  and
conditions:

         7.01. Employment Agreement.  The Board may, in its discretion,  include
in any Option  granted  under the Plan a condition  that the  Participant  shall
agree to remain in the employ of, and to render  services  to, the Company for a
period of time (specified in the agreement) following the

                                                         3

<PAGE>



date the Option is granted.  No such  agreement  shall  impose upon the Company,
however, any obligation to employ the Participant for any period of time.

         7.02. Noncompetition.  The Board may, in its discretion, include in any
Option  granted  under the Plan a condition  that the  Participant  agree not to
compete with the Company for a specific  period of time and/or within a specific
geographic area.

         7.03 Time and Method of Payment. The Option Price shall be paid in cash
at the time an Option is  exercised  under  the Plan  and/or  may be paid for by
tendering  of one or more  shares  of Stock.  Upon a tender  of Stock,  the fair
market value of the Stock at the time of tender  shall be used to determine  the
value of the Stock as  payment.  The  Committee  shall have sole  discretion  to
determine the fair market value of the shares of Stock taking into consideration
such  factors as the most  recent  appraisal  of the Stock for  purposes  of the
Company's  Employee Stock Ownership Plan, the Company's  year-to-date  earnings,
and recent trading prices of the Stock. Promptly after the exercise of an Option
and the  payment  of the  full  Option  Price  either  in  Stock  or  cash,  the
Participant shall be entitled to the issuance of a stock certificate  evidencing
his  ownership  of such  share of Stock.  A  Participant  shall have none of the
rights of a shareholder  until shares are issued to him, and no adjustment  will
be made for  dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the
date such stock certificate is issued.

         7.04.  Surrender Rights. The Committee may include in an Option granted
under the Plan the right to surrender all or a portion of the Option and receive
in exchange therefor an amount of cash or Stock equal to the difference  between
the then fair market value of the shares of stock  issuable upon the exercise of
the Option or portion  thereof  surrendered and the exercise price of the Option
or portion  thereof  surrendered.  The fair  market  value of the Stock shall be
determined in accordance with the provisions under Section 7.03 of the Plan.

         7.05.  Number of Shares.  Each Option  shall state the total  number of
shares of Stock to which it pertains.

                                                         4

<PAGE>



         7.06.  Option Period and Limitations on Exercise of Options.  The Board
may, in its discretion,  provide that an Option may not be exercised in whole or
in part for any  period or periods of time  specified  in the Option  Agreement.
Except as provided in the Option Agreement,  an Option may be exercised in whole
or in part at any time  during its term.  No Option may be  exercised  after the
expiration of ten years from the date it is granted.  No Option may be exercised
for a fractional share of Stock.

8.       Provisions Applicable to Incentive Stock Options

         It is intended  that  Incentive  Stock  Options  granted under the Plan
shall  constitute  Incentive  Stock Options within the meaning of Section 422 of
the Code. The following  provisions are applicable to any Incentive Stock Option
granted under the Plan

         8.01. Term of Incentive  Stock Option.  No Incentive Stock Option shall
be exercisable prior to the date one year, or after the date ten years, from the
date such Incentive Stock Option is granted.

         8.02.  Ten Percent  Shareholder.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision
herein  contained,  no Plan  Participant  may receive an Incentive  Stock Option
under the Plan if such Participant,  at the time the award is granted,  owns (as
defined in Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent of
the total combined  voting power of all classes of stock of the Company,  unless
the option price for such Incentive  Stock Option is at least 110 percent of the
fair market  value of the Stock  subject to such  Incentive  Stock Option on the
date of the grant and such Incentive Stock Option is not  exercisable  after the
date five years from the date such Incentive Stock Option is granted.

         8.03.   Limitation  on  Amounts.   The  aggregate   fair  market  value
(determined  with  respect to each  Incentive  Stock  Option as of the time such
Incentive  Stock Option is granted) of the Stock with respect to which Incentive
Stock Options are  exercisable  for the first time by a  Participant  during any
calendar year shall not exceed $100,000.

                                                         5

<PAGE>



         8.04.  Grant of  Incentive  Stock  Option.  An  Incentive  Stock Option
granted  pursuant to the Plan must be granted within ten years from the date the
Plan is  adopted  or the date  the Plan is  approved  by  Company  shareholders,
whichever is earlier.

9.       Stock Appreciation Rights

         The Board  may,  upon  recommendation  of the  Committee,  grant  Stock
Appreciation  Rights to Participants at the same time as such  Participants  are
awarded  Nonstatutory  Stock  Options  under the Plan.  Such Stock  Appreciation
Rights shall be evidenced by a Nonstatutory  Stock Option and Stock Appreciation
Right Agreement in such form as the Board shall from time to time approve.  Such
Agreement  shall  comply  with,  and be  subject  to,  the  following  terms and
conditions:

         9.01. Employment Agreement.  The Board may, in its discretion,  include
in any Stock  Appreciation  Right  granted  under the Plan a condition  that the
Participant  shall agree to remain in the employ of, and to render  services to,
the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  for a period of time  (specified in the
agreement)  from the date the Stock  Appreciation  Rights are  granted.  No such
agreement shall impose upon the Company,  however, any obligations to employ the
Participant for any period of time.

         9.02. Grant. Each Stock  Appreciation  Right shall relate to a specific
Nonstatutory  Stock Option under the Plan, and shall be awarded to a Participant
concurrently with the grant of such Nonstatutory Stock Option. The Company shall
have sole discretion to grant up to one (1) Stock  Appreciation  Right for every
2.5 Nonstatutory Stock Options granted under this Agreement.

         9.03.  Manner  of  Exercise.  A  Participant  shall  exercise  a  Stock
Appreciation Right by giving written notice of such exercise to the Company. The
date upon which such  written  notice is received  by the  Company  shall be the
exercise date for the Stock Appreciation Right.

         9.04.  Appreciation  Available.  Each Stock  Appreciation  Right  shall
entitle a Participant to the following amount of appreciation--the excess of the
fair market value of a share of Stock on the exercise date over the Nonstatutory
Stock Option Price per share of the related Nonstatutory

                                                         6

<PAGE>



Stock  Option.  The Committee  shall have sole  discretion to determine the fair
market  value of the shares of Stock taking into  consideration  such factors as
the most recent  appraisal of the Stock for purposes of the  Company's  Employee
Stock Ownership Plan, the Company's  year-to-date  earnings,  and recent trading
prices of the Stock. The total appreciation  available to a Participant from any
exercise  of Stock  Appreciation  Rights  shall be equal to the  number of Stock
Appreciation  Rights being  exercised,  multiplied by the amount of appreciation
per Right determined under the preceding sentences.

         9.05. Payment of Appreciation.  The total  appreciation  available to a
Participant from an exercise of Stock  Appreciation  Rights shall be paid to the
Participant  in cash.  The amount  thereof  shall be the amount of  appreciation
determined under Paragraph 4 above.

         9.06.  Limitations  Upon  Exercise  of  Stock  Appreciation  Rights.  A
Participant may exercise a Stock Appreciation Right for cash only in conjunction
with  the  exercise  of  the  Nonstatutory  Stock  Option  to  which  the  Stock
Appreciation Right relates.  Stock Appreciation  Rights may be exercised only at
such times and by such persons as may exercise  Nonstatutory Stock Options under
the Plan. Adjustment to the number of shares in the Plan and the price per share
pursuant to Section 15 below shall also be made to any Stock Appreciation Rights
held by each Participant.  Any termination,  amendment,  or revision of the Plan
pursuant  to  Section  15 below  shall be deemed a  termination,  amendment,  or
revision of Stock Appreciation Rights to the same extent.

         9.07. Tax Deductibility of Stock Appreciation Rights. The Board may, in
its discretion, include in any Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan a
condition  that if the Internal  Revenue Code is amended such that,  at the time
the  Participant  elects to exercise his Stock  Appreciation  Right,  the dollar
value of the Stock  Appreciation  Right is not  tax-deductible,  then such Stock
Appreciation Right will become null and void. The Board may further provide that
such  condition  may be  waived  by the  Committee  at the time the  Participant
exercises the Stock Appreciation Right.

                                                         7

<PAGE>



10.      Exercise of Options

         The  Committee,  in  granting  Options  and Stock  Appreciation  Rights
hereunder,  shall have discretion to determine the terms upon which such Options
and Stock  Appreciation  Rights shall be exercisable,  subject to the applicable
provisions  of the Plan.  If a Participant  holding  Incentive  Stock Options is
discharged  for just cause at any time, the entire number of shares of Stock and
Stock Appreciation Rights granted to a Participant shall be forfeited.  For this
purpose,  "just  cause"  shall  mean  theft,  fraud,   embezzlement  or  willful
misconduct causing significant property damage to the Company or personal injury
to any employee of the Company.  The  Committee  shall have sole  discretion  in
determining  "just cause" within the terms of this Section.

11. Rights in Event of Death

If a Participant  dies while  employed by
the Company or any of its  subsidiaries,  or within  three  months  after having
retired  with the  consent of the  Company or any of its  subsidiaries,  without
having fully exercised his Options and Stock Appreciation  Rights, the executors
or  administrators,  or legatees or heirs, of his estate shall have the right to
exercise  such  Options  and Stock  Appreciation  Rights to the extent that such
deceased Participant was entitled to exercise the Options and Stock Appreciation
Rights on the date of his death;  provided,  however, that in no event shall the
Options or Stock Appreciation Rights be exercisable more than ten years from the
date  they  were  granted.

12. No Obligations to Exercise Option or Stock Appreciation  Rights 

         The granting of an Option or Stock  Appreciation  Right shall impose no
obligation  upon the  Participant to exercise such Option or Stock  Appreciation
Right.

13. Nonassignability

         Options and Stock  Appreciation  Rights shall not be transferable other
than  by  will  or by the  laws  of  descent  and  distribution,  and  during  a
Participant's lifetime shall be exercisable only by such Participant.


                                                         8

<PAGE>



14.      Effect of Change in Stock Subject to the Plan

         The aggregate number of shares of Stock available for Options under the
Plan, the shares subject to any Option,  the price per share,  and the number of
related  Stock  Appreciation  Rights shall be  proportionately  adjusted for any
increase or decrease in the number of issued  shares of Stock  subsequent to the
effective date of the Plan resulting from (1) a subdivision or  consolidation of
shares or any other capital adjustment,  (2) the payment of a stock dividend, or
(3) other  increase  or  decrease in such  shares  effected  without  receipt of
consideration by the Company. If the Company shall be the surviving  corporation
in any merger or  consolidation,  any Option or Stock  Appreciation  Right shall
pertain,  apply, and relate to the securities to which a holder of the number of
shares of Stock subject to the Option would have been entitled  after the merger
or  consolidation.  Upon  dissolution or  liquidation of the Company,  or upon a
merger or consolidation  in which the Company is not the surviving  corporation,
all  Options  and Stock  Appreciation  Rights  outstanding  under the Plan shall
terminate;  provided,  however,  that each  Participant  (and each other  person
entitled  under  Section 11 to exercise an Option or Stock  Appreciation  Right)
shall have the right,  immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation,  or
such merger or consolidation,  to exercise such Participant's  Options and Stock
Appreciation  Rights  in whole or in part,  but  only to the  extent  that  such
Options and Stock Appreciation Rights are otherwise  exercisable under the terms
of the Plan.

15. Amendment and Termination

         Neither  the Board nor the  Committee  may,  without the consent of the
holder of an  Option,  alter or impair any  Option or Stock  Appreciation  Right
previously  granted under the Plan, except as authorized  herein.  Unless sooner
terminated,  the Plan shall remain in effect for a period of ten (10) years from
the  earlier of the date of the Plan's  adoption by the Board or approval by the
Company  shareholders.  Termination  of the Plan  shall not  affect  any  Option
previously granted

         With  respect  to any  shares of Stock to which  Options  have not been
granted under the Plan,  the Board,  without  further  action on the part of the
shareholders of the Company, may from time to

                                                         9

<PAGE>



time alter,  amend, or suspend certain provisions of the Plan except that it may
not,  without the approval of the  shareholders  of the Company:  (i) change the
number of shares of Stock  available  for grant under the Plan,  (ii) extend the
duration of the Plan, (iii) increase the maximum term of Incentive Stock Options
under the Plan,  (iv)  decrease  the minimum  option  price of  Incentive  Stock
Options,  (v) change the class of  employees  eligible  to be granted  Incentive
Stock  Options  under the Plan,  or (vi) effect a change  relating to  Incentive
Stock Options granted under the Plan which is inconsistent with Code Section 422
or the regulations thereunder.

16.      Agreement and Representation of Employees

         As a condition to the  exercise of any portion of an Option,  or of any
Stock  Appreciation  Right,  the Company may require the person  exercising such
Option or Stock  Appreciation Right to represent and warrant at the time of such
exercise that any shares of Stock  acquired at exercise are being  acquired only
for  investment  and without any present  intention to sell or  distribute  such
shares, if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company,  such a representation is
required  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933  or  any  other  applicable  law,
regulation, or rule of any governmental agency.

17.      Reservation of Shares of Stock

         The Company,  during the term of this Plan,  will at all times  reserve
and keep  available,  and will seek or obtain  from any  regulatory  body having
jurisdiction any requisite  authority necessary to issue and to sell, the number
of shares of Stock that shall be sufficient to satisfy the  requirements of this
Plan.  The  inability of the Company to obtain from any  regulatory  body having
jurisdiction  the authority  deemed necessary by counsel for the Company for the
lawful issuance and sale of its Stock hereunder shall relieve the Company of any
liability  in  respect  of the  failure  to issue or sell  Stock as to which the
requisite authority has not been obtained.

                                                        10

<PAGE>



18.      Withholding Taxes

         Whenever  under the Plan shares are to be issued  upon the  exercise of
Options or Rights  thereunder,  the Company  shall have the right to require the
Optionee to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal,  state
and local  withholding  tax  requirements,  if any, prior to the delivery of any
Stock  certificate  or  certificates  for such shares.  Whenever  under the Plan
payments are made in cash such payment  shall be net of an amount  sufficient to
satisfy federal,  state and local  withholding tax  requirements.

19. Effective Date of Plan

         The Plan shall be effective  from the date that the Plan is approved by
the Board. Pursuant to Code Section 422(b)(1), the adoption of the Plan shall be
submitted for the approval of the  shareholders  of the Company  within twelve (
12) months thereafter.

Date Approved By Board of Directors:      December 20, 1993


Date Approved by Company Shareholders:     May 16, 1994


                                                        11

<PAGE>






                                                 EXHIBIT 10.3

                              REGISTRANT'S EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL INCOME PLAN
                            AND FORM OF EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL INCOME AGREEMENT

                                                   (SUMMARY)

         The Registrant has adopted an Executive  Supplemental  Income Plan (the
"Executive Plan") pursuant to which certain executive officers are provided with
certain salary  continuation  benefits upon their  respective  retirements.  The
Executive  Plan also  provides for benefits in the event of early  retirement or
death. In the event of a substantial change in control of the Company (generally
defined as the acquisition of a 20% or greater ownership interest in the Bank or
the Company),  the  participants  in the  Executive  Plan become fully vested in
their respective death benefits and all amounts credited toward their respective
retirement  benefit  accounts.   The  Executive  Plan  is  designed  to  provide
participating employees (or the participant's  beneficiary,  as applicable) with
both a  pre-retirement  death benefit  based on a percentage  of the  employee's
current  compensation and a post-retirement  annuity benefit designed to provide
the employee with a certain percentage of the employee's final average income at
retirement age. The Executive Plan requires that the participating  employees be
employed at the earlier of death or retirement in order for the  participant  or
the  participant's  beneficiary  to be  eligible to receive  benefits  under the
Executive  Plan.  While the employee is receiving  benefits  under the Executive
Plan, the Executive Plan prohibits the employee from competing with the Bank and
requires the  employee to be available  for  consulting  work for the Bank.  The
Executive Plan is an unfunded  plan,  although the Company and the Bank have the
right to acquire  investments  to  indirectly  provide  funding of the  benefits
payable under the Executive Plan. Life insurance policies have been purchased by
the Bank to offset a portion of the  liabilities  associated with the obligation
to pay death and retirement benefits under the Executive Plan.



<PAGE>



                                              GREENWOOD NATIONAL BANK

                                        EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL INCOME PLAN

                                             SUMMARY OF THE AGREEMENT

1.       What is the ESI Plan?

         The ESI Plan is an Agreement  between you and the Bank. The Bank agrees
         to  provide  you with a benefit  payable  when you retire and a benefit
         payable  to your  Beneficiary  should you die prior to  retirement.  In
         return,  you agree to continue to work for the Bank. These benefits are
         in addition to Social Security and any other  retirement plans in which
         you may be entitled to participate such as the Employee Stock Ownership
         Plan (ESOP).

2.       How do I qualify for the ESI Benefits?

         With certain  exceptions,  upon  execution of the  Agreement,  you will
         immediately obtain a one hundred percent nonforfeitable interest in the
         amount in your account. (See Paragraph 4.01 of the Agreement).

3.       Must I contribute funds to participate in tile ESI Plan?

         No,  you  have  been  selected  to be a  participant  in the  Executive
         Supplemental  Income Plan. There will be no reduction in your take-home
         pay or in contributions on your behalf to any other benefit plans. Your
         only  contribution  is to  provide  your best  efforts on behalf of the
         Bank.

4.       What is the amount of the benefits provided by the ESI Plan?

         The  amount of your  retirement  benefit  is  determined  solely by the
         amount in your Deferred  Compensation Account, a bookkeeping reserve to
         which the Bank  will make  annual  credits  on the basis of a  targeted
         benefit.   The  target  benefit  amount  and  payment  period  of  your
         pre-retirement  death  benefit  are set  forth in the  Addendum  to the
         Agreement.  These amounts may be adjusted from time to time (usually on
         a  biannual  basis)  as your  position  with the  Bank and your  salary
         changes.  Should you die before the end of your benefit payment period,
         the  payments  being  made  to you  will  continue  to be  made to your
         Beneficiary  until all payments  under your  Agreement  have been made.
         (See Paragraph 2.01 and 3.01 of the Agreement and the Addendum.)

5.       When am I taxed for receiving the ESI benefits?

         You  will  pay no  taxes  during  the  years  prior  to your  death  or
         retirement  even though the current  economic  benefits of being an ESI
         participant  are  substantial.  When  you or your  family  receive  the
         benefits at your  retirement,  or upon your death,  the benefit will be
         taxed as ordinary income.

6.       Is Early Retirement provided for under the ESI Agreement?

         Yes,  if you have at least 10 years of service  with the Bank,  you may
         retire  after  age 55 with the  approval  of the  Board  of  Directors.
         However, should the Bank undergo a Change


<PAGE>



         in Control,  you may retire at any time after  attaining age 55 without
         having been  employed by the Bank for any minimum  years of service and
         without obtaining Board approval.
         (See Paragraph 3.03 of the Agreement.)

7.       If I retire early, what are my ESI benefits?

         You will  receive an early  retirement  pension  equal to the amount in
         your Deferred Compensation Account at the time of your early retirement
         (i.e. age 55). (See Paragraph 3.03 of the agreement.)

8.       If I die before Age 65, what ESI benefits will my Beneficiary receive?

         Your Beneficiary will begin to receive payments on the first day of the
         month  following  the date of your  death.  The  amount and term of the
         benefit is stated in the Addendum to the Agreement. (See Paragraph 2.01
         of the Agreement and the Addendum.)

9.       How do I name a Beneficiary under the ESI plan?

         Your Agreement contains a Beneficiary  Designation Form for you to name
         your primary and  contingent  Beneficiary.  You can, of course,  change
         your Beneficiary at any time by written notice to the Bank.

10.      If I leave the Bank before the normal Retirement Date, am I entitled to
         any ESI benefits?

         Your Agreement  provides,  with certain  exceptions,  that you are 100%
         vested in the  post-retirement  benefits  and  partially  vested in the
         pre-retirement  benefits  provided by your Agreement.  Thus, unless you
         are  discharged  for Just Cause,  you will take your  benefits with you
         upon leaving the Bank. (See Paragraph 4.01 of the Agreement.)

11.      What is the disability benefit?

         Your  retirement  benefit  continues to accrue and your  pre-retirement
         death benefit is in effect  during  periods of  disability.  This is in
         addition to the Bank's regular disability program.  (See Paragraph 4.01
         of the Agreement.)

12.      What happens to my ESI benefit if the Bank is sold?

         If the bank leaves you (i.e the Bank  undergoes  a Change in  Control),
         you are fully vested in a portion of the  pre-retirement  death benefit
         and the amount in your Deferred Compensation Account and your continued
         employment  with any  successor  bank is not  required to receive  this
         benefit. (See Paragraph 4.02 of the Agreement.)

13.      Once I retire and begin  receiving ESI retirement  benefits,  are there
         any requirements to continue to receive benefits?

         You must make  yourself  available (if called upon) to provide the Bank
         with  reasonable  business  consulting and advisory  services after the
         date you retire. In addition, you may not become employed in such a way
         that you are competing with the Bank. However,


<PAGE>



        should the Bank undergo a Change in Control,  these  requirements  will
        not apply. (See Paragraphs 4.03, 4.04, and 4.05 of the Agreement.)

14.     May the Bank accelerate the payment of ESI benefits under the Agreement?

        Yes, if you or your Beneficiary  agree to accelerate the payments.  The
        amount paid to you or your  Beneficiary  would be the remaining  credit
        balance under the Deferred Compensation Account. (See Paragraph 7.01 of
        the Agreement.)

15.      Do I have any rights in the  assets,  if any,  set aside  refund my ESI
         benefits?

         Although the Bank has elected to indirectly fund your ESI benefits,  to
         avoid current  taxation of ESI benefits you cannot have any interest in
         or right to such assets. You must remain a general,  unsecured creditor
         of the Bank. (See Paragraphs 5.01 and 6.01 of the Agreement.)

16.      May the Bank amend or revoke the ESI Agreement?

         No. The Bank may not amend,  modify,  or revoke the  Agreement  without
         your mutual consent.

         THE VALUE OF THIS  BENEFIT IS  SUBSTANTIAL.  YOU HAVE BEEN  SELECTED TO
         PARTICIPATE  IN  RECOGNITION  OF  YOUR  CURRENT  CONTRIBUTIONS  AND  TO
         MOTIVATE YOUR FUTURE EFFORTS ON BEHALF OF THE BANK.





<PAGE>



                                              GREENWOOD NATIONAL BANK

                                             GREENWOOD, SOUTH CAROLINA


                                      EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL INCOME AGREEMENT

         THIS  AGREEMENT  is  effective  on the day of ,  1993,  by and  between
GREENWOOD  NATIONAL  BANK,  Greenwood,  South  Carolina  (the  "Bank")  and (the
"Officer").


                                               W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  the Officer is currently employed by the Bank in an executive
capacity;

         WHEREAS,  the Bank desires to retain the valuable services and business
counsel  of the  Officer  and to induce the  Officer  to remain in an  executive
capacity with the Bank;

         WHEREAS,  the Bank wishes to retain the Officer in order to prevent the
substantial  financial  loss which the Bank could incur if the  Officer  were to
leave and were to enter the employment of a competitor;

         WHEREAS,  the Officer is  considered  a highly  compensated  Officer or
member of a select management group of the Bank; and

         WHEREAS,  the Bank  desires to pay the  Officer the  benefits  provided
herein, subject to the terms and conditions set forth hereinbelow.

         NOW, THEREFORE,  for and in consideration of the above premises, and of
the following terms,  conditions and mutual covenants of the parties hereto,  IT
IS HEREBY AGREED.

                                                     ARTICLE I
                                                    DEFINITIONS

         1.01.  "Actuarially Determined Amount" shall mean the amount determined
by  applying a fraction  to the amount of the  Benefit  payable  where:  (1) the
numerator  shall  consist of the  Officer's  total Years of Service from date of
hire until the date the Officer's  termination of employment  became  effective,
and (2) the  denominator  shall consist of Officer's total Years of Service from
date of hire until the date the Officer attains Retirement Age.

         1.02.  "Annual  Funding  Amount"  shall mean the amount  required to be
contributed by the Bank to the Deferred  Compensation  Account annually pursuant
to paragraph 3.01(a) of this Agreement.

         1.03.  "Beneficiary"  shall mean the person or persons  the Officer has
designated  in  writing  to the  Bank;  if the  Officer  has  not  designated  a
Beneficiary,  then any  payments  due under the  Agreement  shall be paid to the
Officer's Estate.


                                                         1

<PAGE>



         1.04. "Benefit" shall mean the Death Benefit or the Retirement Benefit,
as the case may be.

         1.05.   "Buyout"   shall  mean  a  transaction  or  series  of  related
transactions by which the Bank is sold, either through the sale of a Controlling
Interest in the Bank's voting stock or through the sale of substantially  all of
the Bank's  assets,  to a party not having a Controlling  Interest in the Bank's
voting stock on the date of execution of this Agreement.

         1.06.  "Change in Control" shall mean a Buyout,  Merger, or Substantial
Change in Ownership.

         1.07.  "Compensation"  shall mean the total base salary paid to Officer
by Bank for any calendar year, as reflected on the payroll records of the Bank.

         1.08.  "Controlling Interest" shall mean ownership,  either directly or
indirectly, of more than twenty percent (20%) of the voting stock of the Bank or
a parent company of the Bank which is a member of the same "affiliated group" as
defined in 26 U.S.C. Section 1504(a).

         1.09.  "Death  Benefit"  shall  mean the  Annual  Pre-Retirement  Death
Benefit amount set forth in the Addendum to this Agreement.

         1.10. "Deferred  Compensation Account" shall mean the liability account
to which the Bank  contributes  the Annual Funding Amount  pursuant to paragraph
3.01(a) of this Agreement.

         1.11. "Disability" shall mean a condition whereby the Officer,  because
of a physical or mental  Disability,  is or will be unable to perform the duties
of the Officer's customary position of employment.  The Board of Directors shall
determine whether the Officer is considered  Disabled within this definition and
may require the Officer to submit to a physical  examination in order to confirm
Disability.

         1.12.        "Early Retirement Age" shall mean age fifty-five (55).

         1.13.  "Just Cause" shall be  determined  by the Board of Directors and
will  include  theft,   fraud,   embezzlement  or  willful   misconduct  causing
significant  property damage to the Bank or personal injury to another employee.
Just Cause shall also  include any single  action  and/or  inaction or series of
actions  and/or  inactions  which  result  in the  Officer  not  performing  the
Officer's  duties  in the  manner  expected  of the  Officer  by the  Bank.  The
existence of Just Cause shall be  determined  upon  recommendation  by the Chief
Executive  Officer  and by  vote  of  seventy  percent  (70%)  of the  Board  of
Directors.

         1.14.  "Merger"  shall  mean a  transaction  or series of  transactions
wherein the Bank is combined with another business  entity,  and after which the
persons or entities who had owned, either directly or indirectly,  a Controlling
Interest in the Bank's  voting stock on the date of execution of this  Agreement
own less than a Controlling Interest in the voting stock of the combined entity.


                                                         2

<PAGE>



         1.15.  "Retirement Age" shall mean age sixty-five (65), or later at the
election of the Board and Officer.

         1.16.  "Retirement  Benefit"  shall  mean  fifteen  (15)  equal  annual
installments  of an amount  necessary  to  amortize  the amount  credited to the
Deferred  Compensation  Account  at  Early  Retirement  Age or  Retirement  Age,
whichever the case may be.

         1.17.  "Substantial  Charge in Ownership"  shall mean a transaction  or
series of transactions  in which a Controlling  Interest in the Bank is acquired
by or for a person or  business  entity,  either  of which  did not own,  either
directly or indirectly, a Controlling Interest in the Bank on the date that this
Agreement  was  executed.  The above shall not apply to stock  purchased  by the
Greenwood  National  Bancorporation  Employee  Stock  Ownership Plan with 401(k)
Provisions
("KSOP").

         1.18.  "Target  Benefit" shall mean the present value at Retirement Age
of the  Annual  Post-  Retirement  Benefit  set  forth in the  Addendum  to this
Agreement.

         1.19.  "Year of  Service"  shall mean a twelve (12)  consecutive  month
period during which the Officer is considered a full-time  employee of the Bank.
A fractional  Year of Service shall accrue at a rate of one-twelfth  (1/12) of a
Year of Service for each full month of continuous employment.


                                                    ARTICLE II
                                             PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFIT

         2.01. If covered by the provisions of this  Agreement,  the Bank agrees
that if the Officer dies prior to attaining  Retirement Age or  commencement  of
payments under Early Retirement, the Bank will pay the Officer's Beneficiary the
Death Benefit.  The Death Benefit shall be payable monthly in equal installments
to commence on the first business day of the month  following the month in which
the  Officer  dies.  The  payment of such Death  Benefit  will be subject to the
conditions and limitations set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

         2.02. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article II, the Bank shall
have no  obligation  under this  Agreement if the  Officer's  death results from
suicide,  whether sane or insane, within two years of the effective date of this
Agreement.


                                                    ARTICLE III
                                           PAYMENT OF RETIREMENT BENEFIT

         3.01.        Retirement Benefit.

         (a) The Bank shall credit to the Deferred Compensation Account for each
year that the Officer is covered by this  Agreement,  the Annual  Funding Amount
which is  projected to be  necessary  to fund his Target  Benefit.  The Deferred
Compensation  Account shall be segregated  from other  accounts on the books and
records of the Bank as a contingent liability of the Bank to the Officer.


                                                         3

<PAGE>



         (b) The  Annual  Funding  Amount  for the  Officer  shall be the Target
Benefit multiplied by a fraction.  The denominator of the fraction is the sum of
all the years  digits  corresponding  to the number of years from the  effective
date of this Agreement until the Officer's  Retirement Age. The numerator of the
fraction is one (1) for the first year of term of the  Agreement,  and increases
by one (1) for  each  year  thereafter.  Upon  commencement  of  payment  of the
Retirement Benefit at Early Retirement Age or Retirement Age, whichever the case
may be, the Annual  Funding  Amount  shall be  one-tenth  (1/10th) of the amount
credited to the Deferred Compensation Account at the end of the year of payment.

         (c) The Annual  Funding Amount shall remain  constant  unless there has
been a change in the  Officer's  Compensation.  If there has been such a change,
then the Annual Funding  Amount shall be increased or decreased as  appropriate,
in an amount equal to the change in Target  Benefit  multiplied  by the fraction
from  subparagraph  (b)  representing  the  number of full  years  remaining  to
Retirement  Age  from  the  date as of  which  the  change  in  Compensation  is
recognized.

         3.02.        Retirement.

         On or after Retirement Age, the Officer may elect to terminate  service
and commence the receipt of the Retirement Benefit in equal monthly installments
commencing  on  the  first  business  day  of  the  month  after  the  Officer's
termination of employment.

         3.03.        Early Retirement.

         If the  Officer  has at least ten (10) years of service  with the Bank,
the Officer may retire and begin to receive  benefits  under this Article III at
any time after  attaining  age  fifty-five  (55).  However,  if there has been a
Change in Control,  the Officer can retire and begin  receiving  payments at any
time after attaining age fifty-five (55) without satisfying any minimum years of
service requirement and without obtaining Board approval.

         3.04.        Post-Retirement Death Benefit.

         If covered by this Agreement, in the event the Officer dies on or after
commencement  of  Retirement  Benefit  payments  under  this  Article  III,  the
Officer's remaining Retirement Benefit payments shall continue to be paid to the
Officer's Beneficiary.

                                                    ARTICLE IV
                                                    CONDITIONS

         4.01.        Continuous Employment.

         Eligibility  for Benefits under this Agreement is conditioned  upon the
Officer's  continuous  employment in an eligible capacity (periods of Disability
and  authorized  leave of absence shall be considered as periods of  employment)
with the Bank from the date of execution of this Agreement  until the earlier of
the date the Officer  attains  Retirement  Age,  qualifies  for and elects Early
Retirement  or  dies.  Benefit  payments  are  conditioned  upon  the  Officer's
compliance  with the terms of this  Agreement  so long as the Officer  lives and
payments are due under the terms of this Agreement.



                                                         4

<PAGE>



         4.02.        Vesting.

         Should the  Officer  voluntarily  terminate  employment  with the Bank,
become  permanently  Disabled,  or be discharged without Just Cause prior to the
date the Officer  obtains  Retirement  Age,  the  Officer  will be entitled to a
vested and non-forfeitable  interest in the Actuarially Determined Amount of the
Death Benefit and in all amounts credited to the Deferred Compensation Account.


         4.03.        Services.

         Payment  of the  Retirement  Benefit is  further  conditioned  upon the
Officer rendering such reasonable  business  consulting and advisory services as
the  Bank's  Board of  Directors  may call upon the  Officer  to  provide  while
receiving payments under this Agreement.

         (1)          It is understood  that such services shall not require the
                      Officer to be active in the Bank's day-to-day  activities,
                      and that the Officer shall  perform  services as requested
                      by management.

         (2)          It  is  further  understood  that  the  Officer  shall  be
                      compensated  for such  services  in an  amount  to be then
                      agreed  upon,  and shall be  reimbursed  for all  expenses
                      incurred in performing such services.

         4.04.        Noncompetition.

         Payment  of the  Retirement  Benefit is  further  conditioned  upon the
Officer  not  acting  in  any  similar  employment  capacity  for  any  business
enterprise which competes to a substantial degree with the Bank, nor engaging in
any activity involving  substantial  competition with the Bank during employment
with the Bank,  after  retirement from the Bank, or during periods of Disability
while covered by the provisions of this Agreement.  In the event of violation of
this  provision,  all future  payments shall be canceled and  discontinued.  The
Board of Directors shall determine whether violations have occurred and may also
waive these conditions.

         4.05.        Change in Control.

         The  conditions  set  forth in  paragraphs  4.03 and 4.04  shall not be
applicable if the Officer voluntarily terminates employment, becomes permanently
Disabled  or is  discharged  without  Just  Cause  on the date of or on any date
subsequent to a Change in Control. The Officer will become 100 percent vested in
the Death Benefit in all amounts credited to the Deferred  Compensation  Account
upon a Change in Control.


                                                     ARTICLE V
                                                      FUNDING

         5.01. The Bank's  obligations under this Agreement shall be an unfunded
and  unsecured  promise  to pay.  The  Bank  shall  not be  required  under  any
circumstances  to fund its  obligations  under  this  Agreement.  The Bank  may,
however,  in its sole and absolute  discretion,  elect to fund this Agreement in
whole or in part.

                                                         5

<PAGE>




                                                    ARTICLE VI
                                              OFFICER RIGHT TO ASSETS

         6.01.  The  rights of the  Officer or the  Beneficiary  shall be solely
those  of an  unsecured  general  creditor  of  the  Bank.  The  Officer  or the
Beneficiary shall only have the right to receive from the Bank those payments as
specified  under this Agreement.  The Officer or the  Beneficiary  shall have no
rights or  interests  whatsoever  in any  assets of the Bank.  Any asset used or
acquired by the Bank in  connection  with the  liabilities  the Bank has assumed
under this Agreement,  except as expressly  provided,  shall not be deemed to be
held under any trust for the  benefit of the  Officer  or the  Beneficiary,  nor
shall it be considered  security for the  performance of the  obligations of the
Bank. It shall be, and remain, a general,  unpledged,  and unrestricted asset of
the Bank.

                                                    ARTICLE VII
                                              ACCELERATION OF PAYMENT

         7.01.  The Bank may  accelerate to a single  payment  Benefits  payable
under this Agreement with the written consent of the Officer or the Beneficiary.
In the event it is agreed to accelerate payment, the single payment shall be the
remaining credit balance under the Deferred Compensation Account.

                                                   ARTICLE VIII
                                                 LEAVES OF ABSENCE

         8.01. The Bank may, in its sole discretion,  permit the Officer to take
a leave of absence; each such period shall not exceed one year in length. During
such leave,  the Officer shall be considered to be in the continuous  employment
of the Bank for purposes of this Agreement.

                                                    ARTICLE IX
                                                   ASSIGNABILITY

         9.01.  Except  insofar as this  provision may be contrary to applicable
law, no sale, transfer, alienation,  assignment, pledge,  collateralization,  or
attachment of any Benefits under this Agreement  shall be valid or recognized by
the Bank.


                                                     ARTICLE X
                                               AMENDMENT/REVOCATION

         10.01.  This agreement  shall not be amended,  modified,  or revoked at
anytime,  in whole or in part, without the mutual written consent of the Officer
and Bank;  provided,  however,  that in the event the Officer is discharged  for
Just Cause,  this  Agreement  shall be terminated and shall become null and void
with neither the Officer nor the Officer's Beneficiary having any claim or right
against Bank.





                                                         6

<PAGE>



                                                    ARTICLE XI
                                         LAW GOVERNING/ENFORCEMENT/PARTIES

         11.01.  This  Agreement  shall be  governed by the laws of the State of
South  Carolina.  This  Agreement  is solely  between the Bank and the  Officer.
Furthermore, the Officer or the Beneficiary shall only have recourse against the
Bank for  enforcement  of the Agreement.  However,  it shall be binding upon the
Beneficiary,  heirs,  executors and administrators of the Officer,  and upon any
and all successors and assigns of the Bank.

         11.02.  The  Bank  is  hereby  designated  as a  fiduciary  under  this
Agreement.  The Bank as a fiduciary  shall have authority to control,  interpret
and manage the operation and  administration of this Agreement.  Any decision by
the Bank denying a claim by the Officer or a Beneficiary for Benefits under this
Agreement  shall be stated in writing and  delivered or mailed to the Officer or
such  Beneficiary.  Such statement shall set forth the specific  reasons for the
denial,  written  to the best of the  Bank's  ability  in a  manner  that may be
understood  without  legal or actuarial  counsel.  In  addition,  the Bank shall
afford a reasonable  opportunity to the Officer or such  Beneficiary  for a full
and fair review of the decision denying such claim.


                                                    ARTICLE XII
                                                   SEVERABILITY

         12.01. In the event that any of provisions of this Agreement or portion
thereof,  are held to be  inoperative  or  invalid  by any  court  of  competent
jurisdiction,  then: (a) insofar as is  reasonable,  effect will be given to the
intent  manifested in the  provision  held invalid or  inoperative;  and (b) the
validity and  enforceability  of the remaining  provisions  will not be affected
thereby.


                                                   ARTICLE XIII
                                                   INCOMPETENCY

         13.01.  If the Bank shall  find that any person to whom any  payment is
payable  under this  Agreement  is unable to care for their  affairs  because of
illness or accident,  or is a minor, any payment due (unless a prior claim shall
have  been  made  by a  duly  appointed  guardian,  committee,  or  other  legal
representative)  may be paid to the  Spouse,  a child,  a parent,  a brother  or
sister, or a custodian determined pursuant to the Uniform Gift to Minors Act (or
similar law),  or to any person deemed by the Bank to have incurred  expense for
such person otherwise entitled to payment, in such manner and proportions as the
Bank may  determine.  Any such  payment  shall be a  complete  discharge  of the
liabilities of the Bank under this Agreement.


                                                    ARTICLE XIV
                                              NO EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT

         14.01.  This  Agreement  shall  in no way be  construed  to  create  an
employment contract between the Bank and the Officer.



                                                         7

<PAGE>



                                                    ARTICLE XV
                                                 PRIOR AGREEMENTS

         15.01.  This  Agreement  sets  forth the  entire  understanding  of the
parties hereto with respect to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  and any
previous  Agreements or understandings  between the parties hereto regarding the
subject matter hereof are merged into and superseded by this Agreement.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  acknowledge  receipt of an executed
original of this Agreement signed this day of , 19 .



                                                       (Officer's Name)


                                                       GREENWOOD NATIONAL BANK
                                                       GREENWOOD, SOUTH CAROLINA

                                                       By:
                                                       Title



                                                         8

<PAGE>



                                              GREENWOOD NATIONAL BANK
                                             GREENWOOD, SOUTH CAROLINA

                                                    ADDENDUM TO
                                      EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL INCOME AGREEMENT

         This Addendum to the Executive  Supplemental  Income Agreement
covering                     enumerates  the dollar  amount of death
benefits  payable  under the  Executive Supplemental Income Agreement.
All rights and payment provisions are controlled by the Executive
Supplemental  Income Agreement  effective on the day of , 19 . This
Addendum revokes any previously dated Addendum.

ANNUAL PRE-RETIREMENT DEATH BENEFIT:
         Year 1:                    $
         Years 2 - 5:               $
         Years 6 - 15:              $

ANNUAL POST-RETIREMENT BENEFIT:
         $          payable for       years

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Addendum this
day of , 19 , each acknowledging receipt of a fully signed original hereof.

                                    (Officer's Name)

                                    GREENWOOD NATIONAL BANK
                                    GREENWOOD, SOUTH CAROLINA

                                    By:
                                                         Title



<PAGE>




                                              GREENWOOD NATIONAL BANK
                                             GREENWOOD, SOUTH CAROLINA

                                              BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

         PURSUANT to the terms of the EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL INCOME PLAN
AGREEMENT dated , I hereby designate the following  beneficiary(ies)  to receive
any payments which may be due under such Agreement after my death:

Primary Individual Beneficiary(ies):


  NAME                        ADDRESS          RELATIONSHIP               %SHARE


Contingent Individual Beneficiary(ies):

  NAME                        ADDRESS          RELATIONSHIP               %SHARE



         This designation  hereby revokes any prior  designation  which may have
been in effect.




         Date Signed                                     Officer's Signature




         Date Signed                                           Witness


                                    GREENWOOD NATIONAL BANK
                                    GREENWOOD, SOUTH CAROLINA



         Date Signed                           Acknowledged By             Title




<PAGE>





                                                   EXHIBIT 10.4

                                      MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLANS

                                                     (SUMMARY)

         The Registrant has established a Directors' Incentive Compensation Plan
and an  Officers'  Incentive  Compensation  Plan  pursuant to which  portions of
directors' fees and certain officers' cash awards, respectively,  are determined
based  upon  various   performance   measures  of  the  Registrant's   operating
subsidiaries.   Target  levels  of  performance  goals  are  determined  by  the
Registrant's Board of Directors on an annual basis.



<PAGE>






                                                   EXHIBIT 10.5

STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA             )
                                    )            LEASE AGREEMENT WITH OPTION
COUNTY OF GREENWOOD                 )


         THIS AGREEMENT under the terms and conditions  hereinafter set forth is
made by and between  John W.  Drummond,  as Lessor  (hereinafter  referred to as
LANDLORD),  and Community  Capital  Corporation,  a South Carolina  corporation,
(hereinafter referred to as TENANT), as Lessee.
                                                    WITNESSETH:

         That the  Landlord  has  leased  and by these  presents  does grant and
demise unto Tenant the following  described real property located in the Town of
Ninety Six,  County of  Greenwood,  State of South  Carolina,  together with any
improvements  now located  thereon,  said property being more fully described as
follows:


PARCEL I: All that certain lot or parcel of land situate,  lying,  and
being  in the  Town  of  Ninety  Six,  County  of  Greenwood,  state  aforesaid,
containing  the following  metes and bounds:  108 feet frontage on Church Street
facing east,  thence running back 202 feet west;  thence 108 feet south;  thence
back 202 feet in an easterly direction to Church Street. Bounded on the north by
lot of P. H.  Culbreath;  west by lot  formerly of Wasson;  south by lot of Mary
Emma Holland; and east by Church Street.

PARCEL II: All that certain lot or parcel of land,  together  with  improvements
thereon,  situate,  lying, and being in the Town of Ninety Six, county and state
aforesaid, containing the following metes and bounds: 34 feet frontage on Church
Street facing east;  thence running back 202 feet west,  thence 50.5 feet south;
thence 202.6 feet in an easterly direction to the street, said lot being bounded
on the east by Church Street; north by lot of Emma Holland; west by lot formerly
of Wasson; and on the south by S. C. Highway No. 22, upon which there is a brick
filling station.

TERM AND RECITAL:

         TO HAVE AND TO HOLD, the same, with rights, privileges,  easements, and
appurtenances  thereunto  attaching and belonging to Tenant for the term of five
(5) years beginning August 1, 1994, and ending on July 31, 1999.


                                                         1

<PAGE>



         Tenant  shall,  during the term of this  lease,  pay to Landlord a base
rental in 12 monthly  installments of Four hundred and no/100 Dollars ($400.00),
payable on the first day of each month by Tenant in advance to the Landlord with
the first  monthly  payment  being due on August 1, 1994;  for the  second  year
rental shall be Five hundred and no/100  Dollars  ($500.00)  per month;  for the
third year Six hundred and no/100 Dollars  ($600.00);  for the fourth year Eight
hundred  and no/100  Dollars  ($800.00);  and for the fifth  year Eight  hundred
thirty-three and 33/100 Dollars ($833.33) per month.

         It is further mutually agreed between the parties as follows:

TITLE AND ENJOYMENT:

         Landlord covenants that it has good title to the leased premises;  that
the premises are free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and leases, except a
DHEC environmental loan which Landlord acknowledged and fully assumes all risks,
costs,  and  liabilities  incident  thereto  and which  Landlord  agrees to pay.
Landlord  further  covenants that Tenant,  on paying the rental herein provided,
and in keeping,  observing,  and performing all the other terms, covenants,  and
agreements  herein  contained  on the part of Tenant to be kept,  observed,  and
performed,  shall,  during the term hereby granted,  peaceable and quietly have,
hold, and enjoy the said premises for the full term of five years in this lease,
subject to the terms,  covenants and agreements hereof. In the event, during the
term of this  lease,  Landlord's  title  shall  fail or become  clouded  in such
fashion that  Landlord is unable to grant the term herein  demised,  then Tenant
shall have to option to correct such condition or cloud, at Landlord's  expense,
or to cancel and void this Lease.

                                                         2

<PAGE>



USE OF PREMISES:

          Tenant  covenants not to use its premises for any illegal  purpose nor
in such manner as to violate any applicable and valid law, rule or regulation of
any  governmental  body, and to occupy and use its premises in a careful,  safe,
and proper manner, and not permit waste thereon.

REPAIRS BY TENANT:

         Tenant covenants that during the lifetime of this lease it will erect a
portable  bank  building  and related  appurtenances  and it will  maintain  the
building and  premises,  at its sole expense,  in good order and repair.  At the
expiration, or any prior terminations,  of this lease, Tenant will surrender the
premises to Landlord in as good condition as received,  except for ordinary wear
and tear,  except  that Tenant  shall  remove the  portable  bank  building  and
drive-thru canopy and related equipment.

         Tenant shall have the right and  privilege to make,  from time to time,
any  alterations,  changes and  improvements,  at its own expense,  which Tenant
considers  necessary  to adapt the  leased  premises  to the  changing  needs of
Tenant's uses,  provided,  however,  Tenant obtains prior approval from Landlord
which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Title to any changes, alterations, and
improvements  so made by  Tenant  shall,  at the  option  of  Landlord,  pass to
Landlord at the  termination of this lease Landlord may require Tenant to remove
the same and restore  premises to the original  condition and structure,  normal
wear and the tear  excepted with the exception of the portable bank facility and
drive-thru  canopy and related  equipment which shall remain  Tenant's  property

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING:

         Tenant may transfer  and assign this Lease or sublet the premises  only
upon prior consent of the Landlord.

                                                         3

<PAGE>



TAXES AND OTHER LIENS:

         Tenant   covenants  and  agrees  to  pay  all  the  taxes  and  special
assessments of the state, city, and county governments which may be made against
the leased  premises.  In the event Tenant fails to pay any taxes or assessments
by it hereunder,  or to keep the leased premises free and clear from any and all
liens and claims of  Tenant's  creditors,  except as  hereinabove  noted,  which
interfere with Landlord's ownership.  Landlord may, but shall not be required to
pay said taxes or other  assessments or discharge said liens and add the cost to
the rental provided hereunder.

INSURANCE:

         Tenant,  at its  option,  shall,  at its own  expense,  carry  fire and
extended  coverage  insurance  in an amount  sufficient  to  repair,  restore or
rebuild the premises in the event of destruction  or damage by fire,  lightning,
earthquake,  windstorm,  or other such casualty,  as the respective interests of
Landlord  and Tenant may appear.  Landlord is not  responsible  for  maintaining
insurance policies covering the contents and personal effects of Tenant.

         Tenant also agrees to maintain  liability coverage on said premises and
shall hold Landlord harmless and indemnify Landlord for any accidents or damages
occurring to persons or property  arising on said premises with the exception of
the aforesaid DHEC environmental lien for which Landlord is solely  responsible.

UTILITY BILLS:

         Tenant  shall pay all public  utility  charges  made against its leased
premises for water,  sewer, gas, oil, and electricity  during the continuance of
this lease, as the same shall become due.

INDEMNITY:

         Tenant  agrees to hold  Landlord  harmless from and against any and all
claims which may arise from,  on, in, or about leased  premises when such claims
arise out of or are  caused in whole or in part by a  defective,  dangerous,  or
unsafe  condition of leased  premises,  equipment,  fixtures,  or  appurtenances
required to be maintained in good repair by Tenant. Tenant further agrees to

                                                         4

<PAGE>



hold Landlord  harmless from any and all claims which may arise from, on, in, or
about leased  premises when such claims arise out of, or are caused by,  Tenants
negligence,  or failure to perform its obligations hereunder.  The provisions of
this paragraph do not apply to the DHEC environmental lien for which Landlord is
solely  responsible  and indemnifies  Tenant against damages arising  therefrom.

REMEDIES OF LANDLORD IN EVENT OF DEFAULT BY TENANT:

         In the event  Tenant  shall  default in the payment of any  semi-annual
rental  herein  provided for and such default  shall  continue for 30 days after
Landlord shall have notified Tenant in writing of the existence of such default,
or, if Tenant shall default in the  performance  of any of the other  covenants,
promises,  or  agreements  herein set forth and contained for Tenant to keep and
perform,  and such default shall  continue for 30 days after Landlord shall have
notified  Tenant in writing of the existence of such default,  then Landlord may
forthwith  reenter the premises and  repossess  itself  thereof,  it being fully
understood  and agreed that any amounts  paid in by Tenant to Landlord  shall be
forfeited to the Landlord as liquidated  damages.  No  termination of this lease
prior to the normal expiation shall attest  Landlord's right to collect rent for
the entire five year lease term as  discounted by normal  actuarial  discounting
methods.  If not mutually  agreed upon then each party may select an  arbitrator
who shall select a third arbitrator  which decision shall be binding.

OPTION TO PURCHASE:

         For and in  consideration  of the  premises  and the  covenants  herein
contained, Tenant shall have the right at any time during the term of this lease
to purchase the entire  property of Landlord  herein  described for the original
purchase  price  of  Ninety  thousand  and  no/100  ($90,000.00)   Dollars.  The
transaction  shall take place as  follows:  Within  thirty  (30) days  following
notice by Tenant,  that it elects to exercise its option to  purchase,  Landlord
shall deliver to Tenant a good and sufficient  general  warranty deed,  free and
clear of all encumbrances, conveying title to the

                                                         5

<PAGE>



entire  property  unto  Tenant,  and Tenant  agrees to  simultaneously  pay unto
Landlord the sum of Ninety thousand and no/100 Dollars ($90,000.00). NOTICES AND
RENTALS:

         Notices  required  to be given  hereunder  shall be given in writing by
registered or certified mail unless otherwise agreed.

POSSESSION:

         It is  understood  and agreed that upon the  execution of this document
and compliance with the terms herein stated, Tenant shall be given possession of
the premises on or about August 1, 1994

GENERAL PROVISIONS:

         Time is of the essence of this lease agreement, but no delay or failure
of either  party to  exercise  any right  hereunder  or to  insist  upon  strict
compliance with the terms and provisions hereof shall constitute a waiver of any
right  hereunder  or a waiver of the right  thereafter  to  insist  upon  strict
compliance with the terms and provisions hereof.

         The within  agreement,  together  with attached  amortization  schedule
expresses the entire understanding of the parties.

         The within Lease Agreement and Option is binding on the heirs, personal
representatives, and assigns of the parties hereto.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have hereunder set their hands
and seals this 8th day of July, 1994.

WITNESS:  (AS TO LANDLORD)

 /s/ JANETTE VAISILU                                    /s/ JOHN W. DRUMMOND
                                                            JOHN D. DRUMMOND
WITNESS:  (AS TO TENANT)                          COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION
STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA

 /s/ BONNIE R.CROWE                                        By: /s/ W.G. STEVENS

/s/ WILLIAM H. HARTER                                    W.G. STEVENS, PRESIDENT

                                                         6

<PAGE>





STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA             )
                                    )                        PROBATE
COUNTY OF GREENWOOD                 )

         PERSONALLY  appeared before me the undersigned witness who, being first
duly sworn,  says that (S)he saw the  within-named  John W. Drummond sign, seal,
and as his act and deed deliver the within written  document and that (s)he with
the other witness above, witnessed the execution thereof.


                                                          /s/ JANNETTE VAISILU
                                                         Witness
SWORN to before me this 8th day July 1994.
   /s/ CAROL W. CHEEK
NOTARY PUBLIC FOR SOUTH CAROLINA
My Commission Expires: 3/28/98


STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA             )
                                    )                        PROBATE
COUNTY OF GREENWOOD                 )

         PERSONALLY  appeared before me the undersigned witness who, being first
duly sworn, says that (s)he saw the within-named  Community Capital Corporation,
by W. G. Stevens,  President,  sign,  seal,  and as its act and deed deliver the
within written  document and that (s)he with the other witness above,  witnessed
the execution thereof.


                                                          /s/ BONNIE R. CROWE
                                                         Witness
SWORN to before me this 8th day July, 1994.
 /s/ WILLIAN H. HARTER
NOTARY PUBLIC FOR SOUTH CAROLINA
My Commission Expires: 5/28/02


                                                         7

<PAGE>





                                                   EXHIBIT 10.6

                                                  LEASE AGREEMENT

         This Lease  Agreement  (the "Lease") is made and entered into as of the
1st  day of  September,  1994,  by and  between  Community  Capital  Corporation
("Lessor") and Greenwood Bank & Trust ("Lessee").

                                               W I T N E S S E T H:

         In  consideration  of the mutual  covenants  and  agreements  contained
herein, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

         1.  Leased  Premises.  Subject  to and upon the  terms,  provision  and
conditions  hereinafter set forth,  Lessor does hereby lease,  demise and let to
Lessee and Lessee  does  hereby  accept the lease of the  certain  property  and
premises (the "Leased Premises") described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made
a part hereof.

         2.           Lease Term.

                      (a) Initial Term. Unless sooner terminated pursuant to the
provision hereof, the term of the Lease shall commence on the opening date as an
operating  branch of the Greenwood Bank & Trust in the town of Ninety Six, South
Carolina  (the  "occupancy  Date.)  and  ending at  midnight,  Greenwood,  South
Carolina  time,  on the date  which is five (5) full years from the first day of
the calendar month next succeeding the Occupancy Date (the "Initial Term").

                      (b) Option  Periods.  In  addition  to the  Initial  Term,
Lessee shall have two (2) successive options to renew the term of this Lease for
a per cd of five year each  (respectively  the  "First  Option  Period.  and the
"Second Option Period") at a rental amount for said option periods  specified in
paragraph 3 below,  such options being  exercisable  by written notice to Lessor
not less than 90 days prior to the end of the then existing term.

         3.  Rental.  During the full term of this  Lease,  Lessee  shall pay to
Lessor,  without  notice,  demand,  reduction,  set-off or any defense,  a total
rental (the "Annual  Rental")  consisting  of the  applicable  amounts set forth
below for each of the respective terms of this Lease. The Annual Rental shall be
payable in equal monthly  installments  in advance on or before the first day of
each month in the amounts set forth  below for each of the  respective  teems of
this Lease.

         Term                       Annual Rental            Monthly Installment

Initial Term                          $35,400.00                 $2,950.00
First Option Period                   $35,400.00                 $2,950.00
Second Option Period                  $35,400.00                 $2,950.00

         If the Occupancy  Date is a date other than the first day of a calendar
month, the initial rental  installment during the Initial Term shall be prorated
daily from such date to the first day of the next calendar month and paid on the
Occupancy Date.


                                                         1

<PAGE>



         4. Taxes and  Assessments.  Lessor shall pay and  discharge  during the
term of this Lease,  commencing with the Initial Term, all real estate taxes and
assessments imposed upon the Leased Premises.  The Lessor is responsible for the
real  estate  taxes  resulting  from the Land  Lease  with the  third  party All
insurance  premiums  are to be paid by Lessee for "all risk"  buyer an  extended
coverage  insurance  and general  liability  insurance  pertaining to the Leased
Premises. Insurance provided by the Lessee may be approved by Lessor.

         5. Utilities.  Lessee shall be solely  responsible for and promptly pay
all charges for heat,  water, gas,  electricity,  and any other utilities use or
consumed on the leased premises and any and all tap-in or connection  charges in
connection therewith. Lessor shall not be liable to Lessee for interference with
or  interruption  of  any  utility   service,   nor  shall  any  curtailment  or
interruption  constitute  a  constructive  eviction  or  grounds  for  a  rental
abatement in whole or in part hereunder.

         6.  Maintenance  and Repair.  Lessor  shall,  at Lessor's sole cost and
expense,  during the Initial Term and any Option Period of this Lease,  keep and
maintain in good order, condition and repair all improvements now comprising the
Leased  Premises or at any time hereafter  situated upon the Leased Premises and
every  part  thereof,   including  without  limitation,  all  plumbing,  sewage,
fixtures,  interior walls,  floors,  ceilings,  sides,  windows,  doors,  glass,
electrical facilities and equipment, lighting fixtures, appliances and any other
mechanical  systems.  Lessor  shall  also  furnish  termite  protection  for all
existing  structures or any replacements  thereof.  Lessor shall be obligated to
repair or replace any part of any  improvements now or at any time situated upon
the Leased Premises.

         7. Liability Insurance.  Lessee shall, at its expense,  maintain during
the term hereof, comprehensive public liability insurance, including contractual
liability,  and property  damage  insurance under policies issued by insurers of
recognized  responsibility,  for personal  injury,  bodily injury,  death or for
damage  or injury  to or  destruction  of  property  (including  the loss of use
thereof) for any one occurrence, all in amounts and with sues. coverage as shall
reasonably be requested by Lessor. Lessee's policy shall name Lessor, its agents
and employees as additional insured.  Lessee shall furnish, at Lessor's request,
a certificate evidencing such coverage.

         8.  Mutual  Indemnification.  Lessee  shall  indemnify  and hold Lessor
Harmless against claims and liability for injuries to all persons and for damage
to or loss of property  occurring  in or about the Leased  Premises,  due to any
negligent  act or failure to act or  intentionally  wrongful act by Lessee,  its
agents,  employees or invitees.  Lessor shall indemnify and hold Lessee harmless
against  claims and  liability  for  injuries to all person and for damage to or
loss of property occurring in or about the Leased Premises, due to any negligent
act or failure to act or  intentionally  wrongful  act by  Lessor,  its  agents,
employees  or  invitees.  Nothing  in this  paragraph  shall  require a party to
indemnify  the other party  against such other  party's own willful or negligent
actions.

         9. Subleasing and Assignment. Lessee shall have no right to assign this
Lease or sublet any part of the Lease Premises without the prior written consent
of the Lessor.


         10.   Execution  of  Other   Instruments.   Lessor  agrees  to  execute
acknowledge,  and  deliver  to Lessee  other  instruments  respecting  the Lease
Premises, such as a Memorandum of

                                                         2

<PAGE>



Lease in recordable  form,  and such other  instruments as Lessee may reasonably
request from time to time.

         11.  Termination Due to Casualty.  If the Leased Premises are destroyed
or  substantially  damaged  by  casualty  or by the  negligence  of Lessor or of
Lessor's employees,  agents,  contractors, or licensees, Lessee may upon fifteen
(15) days' written  notice to Lessor elect to terminate this Lease an all rights
and obligations hereunder.

         12. Land Leased for Use by These Premises.  The Lessor has entered int:
a Land Lease with a third party and the Premises covered by this lease agreement
will be placed  upon the land leased  from the third  party.  The Lessee will be
responsible  for the Land Lease payments and will make the payments  directly to
the third party on a monthly basis as described in the Land Lease.  In the event
this  agreement is terminated  for any reason,  the Land Lease  payments will be
reverted to the responsibility of the Lessor.

         13.  Entire  Agreement.  This Lease  constitutes  the entire  agreement
between the  parties.  It may not be modified or  terminated  except as provided
herein or by other written agreement between the parties.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  parties  hereto  bind  themselves  to  the
provisions of this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

                                      LESSOR:

                                      COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION

                                      By: /s/ W.G. STEVENS
                                          Its:  President & CEO

                                      LESSEE:

                                      GREENWOOD BANK & TRUST

                                      By: /s/ JAMES H. STARK
                                          Its:   Senior Vice President & Cashier



                                                         3

<PAGE>



                                                     EXHIBIT A

         The Premises  consist of a modular bank building with two drive through
lanes  and a drive  through  window.  Included  in  this  Lease  Agreement  is t
equipment required to operate this facility as a branch bank of Greenwood Bank &
Trust in Ninety Six, South Carolina.

         Included are:

         1.           Modular steel building containing approximately 715 square
                      feet renovated to plans prepared by Jim Steverson  Davis &
                      Floyd architectural firm.

         2.           Two  Diebold  remote  drive  through  lanes with  overhead
                      vacuum  tubes  and one  drive  through  window  with  deal
                      drawer.

         3.           Built in Diebold  combination  night depository and teller
                      storage vault.

         4.           Required   desks,   chairs,   credenzas,   teller  stools,
                      typewriters  adding  machines,  teller  counters and other
                      normal office equipment.

         5.           NCR Automated Teller Machine.

         6.           Unisys teller machines (3) for online operation with
                      mainframe computer.

         7.           Unisys  CSR  stations  (2)  for  online   operation   with
                      mainframe computer.

         8.           Built in Alarm system.

         9.           Surveillance Equipment.

         10.          Teller Under Counter Equipment.

         11.          All exterior parking lots, lighting and landscaping.

         12.          All signs for exterior of building and road.





                                                         4

<PAGE>





                                                   EXHIBIT 10.7


                                                EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT

         THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into this November 19, 1987 between the
Greenwood National Bank, a banking  institution to he chartered by the Office of
the  Comptroller  of  the  Currency,   ("employer"),   and  William  G,  Stevens
("employee");

         WHEREAS,  employer is to be formed as a new National bank in Greenwood,
Greenwood County, South Carolina: and

         WHEREAS,  employee has agreed to become  President and Chief  Executive
Officer of said bank; and

         WHEREAS,  employer  wishes to provide for the terms and  conditions  of
employee's employment;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

                                                        1.
                                        RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AND DUTIES

         (a) Employer  hereby employs  employee as President and Chief Executive
Officer,  to hold the title of President  and Chief  Executive  Officer,  and to
perform such  services and duties as its Board of  Directors  may,  from time to
time,  designate  during the term  hereof.  Subject to the terms and  conditions
hereof,  employee  will perform such duties and exercise  such  authority as are
customarily  performed and exercised by persons holding such office,  subject to
the general  direction of the Board of Directors of employer,  exercised in good
faith in accordance with standards of reasonable business judgment.

         (b) Employee shall serve on the Board of Directors of employer and as a
member of its Executive Committee, subject to the terms hereof.

         (c) Employee  accepts such  employment  and shall devote his full time,
attention,  and  efforts  to  the  diligent  performance  of his  duties  herein
specified  and as an  officer  and  director  or  employer  and will not  accept
employment with any other  individual,  corporation,  partnership,  governmental
authority  or other  entity,  or engage in any other  venture  for profit  which
employer may consider to be in conflict  with his or its best  interest or to be
in competition with employer's business,  or which may interfere in any way with
the employee's performance of his duties hereunder.

                                                        2.
                                                TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT

         Employment  shall commence upon the effective  date of this  agreement.
The term of this agreement shall continue for three (3) consecutive years unless
such is  terminated  pursuant to Section 6 of this  agreement or by the first to
occur of the follow conditions.

                                                         1

<PAGE>




         (a)          the death of employee;

         (b) the complete disability of employee.  "Complete disability" as used
herein shall mean the inability of employee,  due to illness,  accident,  or any
other  physical  or mental in-  capacity to perform the  services  provided  for
hereunder  for an  aggregate  of  sixty  (60)  days  within  any  period  of 120
consecutive days during the term hereof;

         (c) the  discharge of employee by employer  for cause.  "Cause" a" used
herein shall mean (i) such  negligence or misconduct as shall  constitute,  as a
matter of law, a breach of the covenants and obligations of employee  hereunder,
(ii)  failure or refusal  of  employee  to comply  with the  provisions  of this
agreement,  or  (iii)  employee  being  convicted  by any duly  constituted  law
enforcement  agency  or  authority  with  a  crime  involving  moral  turpitude.
Provided,  however,  disability  because  of illness  or  accident  or any other
physical or mental  disability  shall not  constitute a basis for  discharge for
cause.

         Termination  of  employee's  employment  shall  constitute  a tender by
employee of 06 resignation as an officer and director of employer.

                                                        3.
                                                   COMPENSATION

         For all services which employee may render to employer  during the term
hereof,  employer  shall pay to employee,  subject to such  deductions as may be
required by law:

         (a) Base Salary.  An annual salary of $80.000  payable in equal monthly
installments and subject to such deductions as may be required by law.

         (b) Performance  Bonuses.  Each year, a performance bonus, ranging from
0% to 50% of annual  salary  will be  awarded,  the  specific  percentage  to be
determined by the board of directors.

         (c) In  consideration  of time and effort  invested  in the  process of
applying  for the  National  Bank  Charter and in the  planning of the  proposed
bank's  operations,  the employee  will receive a signing bonus of $10,000 which
will be payable upon the banks opening.

                                                        4.
                                                  OTHER BENEFITS

During the term of his employment hereunder,  employer shall furnish to employee
(i) an automobile  (value not to exceed  $18,000)  plus related  expenses (ii) a
life  insurance  policy  providing  for  death  benefits  of  $250,000  having a
beneficiary  designated by employee;  (iii) group health and hospital  insurance
covering  employee  and his family;  (iv) long term  disability  insurance  with
benefits of at least $50,000 per year;  (v)  initiation fee and monthly dues for
membership  in clubs  suitable  for  business  entertainment:  and  (vi)  normal
director's fees.





                                                         2

<PAGE>



                                                        5.
                                              STOCK BONUS AND OPTIONS

         If the  employee  is  still  employed  under  the  provisions  of  this
agreement  then the employee  will earn stock  options and bonuses  based on the
following schedule: (1) At the end of the first fiscal year following the bank's
opening, the employee will earn a stock bonus of 1% of the original stock issue.
(2) During  fiscal  years two through  five  following  the banks  opening,  the
employee will earn a stock option of 1% in each year. Options are exercisable at
the price per share equal to original issue price of the stock anytime for seven
years after award.

         In the event a change of control of employer,  prior to the  expiration
of five years from the effective date hereof,  and employee is still employed by
employer,  then all stock bonuses and options  contemplated  by this paragraph 5
not already granted to employee shall  immediately be granted in the same manner
as if such had been earned by  employee  and  notwithstanding  the fact that the
requirements for earning said bonuses had not been met by employee.

                                                        6.
                                      FAILURE TO OBTAIN CHARTER OR FINANCING

         This contract  shall be null,  void, and of no further force and effect
upon the happening of either of the following events;

         (a) The  refusal or failure  of the  Office of the  Comptroller  of the
Currency to issue a charter to employer to operate a national  bank in Greenwood
County,  South Carolina  within 180 days of an application  for such having been
submitted to "aid agency by employer; or

         (b) The failure for any reason of  employer to raise  adequate  capital
within 180 days of the date of charter approval.

         If this  contract is terminated by reason of the foregoing and employee
has actually  commenced  employment  hereunder,  then employer agrees to provide
employee with the base salary  provided in Paragraph 3(a) above for a period not
to exceed three (3) months until employee has found comparable employment.

                                                        7.
                                                     EXPENSES

         Upon  presentment  to  employer  of  expense  reports  in  sufficiently
detailed form to comply with standards for  deductibility  of business  expenses
established  from time to time by the Internal  Revenue  Service,  employer will
reimburse employee for such reasonable business expenses incurred by employee in
connection  with  performance  of his duties  hereunder.  Reasonable  moving and
related travel expenses are acceptable.

                                                        8.
                                            POST TERMINATION COVENANTS

         It during the term hereof employee shall cease employment hereunder for
any  reason,  then  employee  agrees  that  for  one  (1)  year  following  such
termination he will not be employed in the banking business or any related field
thereto in Greenwood, South Carolina or any county that

                                                         3

<PAGE>



borders  Greenwood  County.  Furthermore,  following such  termination  employee
agrees he will not,  without the prior written consent of employer:  (i) furnish
anyone with the name of, or any list or lists of  customers  of the  employer or
utilize such list or information  himself;  or (ii) furnish,  use, or divulge to
anyone any  information  acquired by him from  employer  relating to  employer's
methods of doing business;  or (iii) contact directly or indirectly any customer
of  employer;  or (iv)  hire for any  other  employer  (including  himself)  any
employee of employer or directly or indirectly  cause such employee to leave his
employment  to work for another;  or (v) undertake a business  opportunity  that
came to the attention of employee  through his  employment  with employer  which
employee had not  previously  offered in writing to employer and which  employer
had not rejected in writing.

         It is understood  and agreed by the parties  hereto that the provisions
of this paragraph are independent of each other,  and the invalidity of any such
provision or portion thereof shall not affect the validity or  enforceability of
any other provisions of this agreement.

                                                        9.
                                               WAIVER OF PROVISIONS

         Failure of any of the parties to insist,  in one or more instances,  on
performance by the others in strict  accordance with the terms and conditions of
this  agreement  shall  not be deemed a waiver  or  relinquishment  of any right
granted hereunder or of the future  performance of any such term or condition or
of any  other  term or  condition  of this  agreement,  unless  such  waiver  is
contained in a writing signed by or on behalf of all the parties.

                                                        10.
                                                   GOVERNING LAW

         This  agreement  shall be governed  by and  construed  and  enforced in
accordance with the laws of the State of South  Carolina.  If for any reason any
provision of this agreement  shall be held by a court of competent  jurisdiction
to be void or unenforceable,  the same shall not affect the remaining provisions
thereof.

                                                        11.
                                            MODIFICATION AND AMENDMENT

         This agreement contains the sole and entire agreement among the parties
hereto and supersedes all prior  discussions  and agreements  among the parties,
and any such prior agreements shall, from and after the date hereof, be null and
void. This agreement shall not be modified or amended except by an instrument in
writing signed by or on behalf of the parties hereto.

                                                       12 .
                                             COUNTERPARTS AND HEADINGS

         This  agreement  may  be  executed  simultaneously  in  any  number  of
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original  but all of which shall
constitute  one and the same  instrument.  The  headings  set out herein are for
convenience of reference and shall not be deemed a part of this agreement.



                                                         4

<PAGE>



                                                        13.
                                              CONTRACT NONASSIGNABLE

         This  agreement may not be assigned or transferred by any party hereto,
in whole or in part, without prior written consent of the other.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have executed this  agreement
under seal as of the date first above.


 /s/ W. G. Stevens

Accepted--Employee

By the Compensation Commission of the Board of Directors:

 /s/ George B. Park

 /s/ David P. Allred

 /s/ Wayne Q. Justesen, Jr.

Witness:

 /s/ Byron Richardson




                                                         5

<PAGE>






                                                   EXHIBIT 10.8

                                          EMPLOYMENT AND OPTION AGREEMENT


         This  Employment And Option  Agreement (the  "Agreement") is made as of
November  21,  1994,  by and  between  Community  Capital  Corporation,  a South
Carolina corporation ("Employer"), and Donna W. Robinson ("Employee").

         WHEREAS, Employer is a bank holding company; and

         WHEREAS,  Employer desires to employ Employee,  and Employee desires to
be employed by Employer, in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter
set forth:

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  promises herein set
forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which are hereby acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally bound, agree
as follows:

         1. Employment. Employer hereby agrees to employ Employee to perform the
duties  described in Section 3 below subject to and in accordance with the terms
and conditions hereof, and Employee hereby accepts such employment.

         2. Term.  The employment  shall commence on the date hereof,  and shall
continue  for an initial term of two (2) years,  unless  earlier  terminated  in
accordance with Section 8 hereof.

         3.           Duties of Employee.

                       A. In accepting  employment by Employer,  Employee  shall
undertake  and  assume the  responsibility  of  performing  for and on behalf of
Employer  the duties of a Vice-  President  of the  Employer  and/or  such other
duties as may be  assigned  to Employee by Employer at any time and from time to
time,  including  but not  limited  to duties  of  assisting  Employer  with the
formation of a bank to be wholly owned by Employer and located in Clemson, South
Carolina.  Notwithstanding  the  forgoing,  except  with  her  written  consent,
Employee shall not be permanently assigned to any position of lower professional
status.

                       B. During the term of this Agreement, Employee shall be a
full-time  employee of Employer or a wholly owned  subsidiary  of Employer,  and
shall devote her full working time and efforts to her duties hereunder. Employee
shall  perform all of her duties  hereunder to the best of her ability and shall
not, directly or indirectly, engage or participate in any activities in conflict
with the best interests of Employer,  and will conduct all Employee's activities
in strict loyalty to Employer. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
Employee  shall not engage in any activity for  compensation  or pecuniary  gain
other than her  employment  hereunder  and passive  investing for the account of
herself or members of her household.


                                                         1

<PAGE>



         4.            Compensation.  As compensation for the services to be 
rendered by Employee
for Employer under this Agreement, Employee shall be compensated as follows:

                       A.       Base Salary.

                                    (1)  Until a  licensed  bank  that is wholly
owned by  Employer  lawfully  commences  business in  Clemson,  South  Carolina,
Employee  shall receive from  Employer an annual salary of Seventy  Thousand and
No/100  ($70,000)  Dollars.  Such  salary  shall be  payable  in pay  periods as
determined by the Employer, but in no event less frequently than monthly.

                                    (2) Upon the lawful commencement of business
in Clemson,  South Carolina of a licensed bank that is wholly owned by Employer,
Employer's  obligations  under Section 4(A)(1) above ceases,  and Employee shall
receive  from  Employer an annual  salary of  Seventy-Five  Thousand  and No/100
($75,000) Dollars;  provided however,  the payment of such salary to Employee by
Employer  shall be reduced  dollar  for  dollar by the  amount of salary  and/or
wages,  if any,  paid by such bank to Employee  during the initial  term of this
Agreement;  and provided  further that the amount of such Base Salary payable by
such Bank pursuant to this Section 4(A)(2) is hereby  guaranteed by Employer for
the balance of the initial two year term of this Agreement. Such salary shall be
payable in pay periods as determined  by Employer or such bank,  but in no event
less frequently than monthly.

                       B. Dues.  Employer  shall pay all dues of  Employee  as a
member of one social club and one service club,  both of which shall be approved
by the parties hereto. In addition, to assist with marketing of the Employer and
the bank to be formed in Clemson,  South  Carolina,  Employer or such bank shall
join IPTAY, the athletic booster club of Clemson University.

                       C. Vacation. Employer shall provide Fifteen (15) business
days of paid  vacation  time each  calendar  year.  Such vacation days are to be
taken at such time or times as Employee may reasonably  request,  subject to the
Employer's  convenience  and  prior  approval,   which  approval  shall  not  be
unreasonably withheld. Vacation time shall not cumulate year to year.

                       D. Automobile Provision.  Employer shall provide Employee
with the use of an  automobile  with a  purchase  price of not less than  Twenty
Thousand and No/100 ($20,000) Dollars.

                       E.  Reimbursement  For Expenses.  Employer  shall provide
reimbursement of all pre-approved  reasonable  expenses incurred by Employee for
the benefit of Employer in the performance of her duties hereunder.

                       F. Other  Benefits.  The  Employer  shall  provide  other
benefits (e.g.,  health  insurance  coverage,  dental insurance  coverage,  life
insurance, disability insurance, participation in pension plans, and paid leave,
etc.)  reasonably  comparable to, and no less favorable to Employee than,  those
benefits,  if any,  generally provided to other senior executives of Employer or
any bank owned by Employer.

         Other than as set forth in Section 10 hereof,  the compensation  stated
above is intended to be the total compensation paid to Employee.

                                                         2

<PAGE>



         5. Confidentiality and Secrecy.  Employee acknowledges that in and as a
result of her employment hereunder, she will be making use of, acquiring, and/or
adding to  confidential  information  of a special  and unique  nature and value
relating to Employer's  business,  including  without  limitation  technological
knowhow,   copyrights,   proprietary   information,   trade  secrets,   systems,
procedures, manuals, confidential reports, records, operational expertise, lists
of customers and projects, the nature and type of services rendered by Employer,
the equipment and methods used and  preferred by Employer's  customers,  and the
fees paid by them (all of which are deemed  for all  purposes  confidential  and
proprietary).  As a material inducement to Employer to enter into this Agreement
and to pay to Employee the compensation  stated in Section 4, Employee covenants
and agrees that  during the term of her  employment  hereunder,  and for two (2)
years after the expiration or earlier  termination of her employment by Employer
or an affiliate of Employer, she shall not, directly or indirectly, make use of,
or disclose  to any  person,  any  confidential  information  of Employer or its
affiliates.

         6.  Covenants  Against  Competition.  In view of the  unique  value  to
Employer  of  the  services  of  Employee  for  which  Employer  has  contracted
hereunder,  because  of  the  confidential  information  to  be  obtained  by or
disclosed  to  Employee,  as  hereinabove  set  forth,  and  because  Employee's
employment  hereunder  will  result  in  Employee's   development  of  a  unique
relationship with customers,  suppliers and employees,  as a material inducement
to Employer to enter into this Agreement and to pay to Employee the compensation
stated in Section 4, Employee covenants and agrees as follows:

                       A.  During  Employee's   employment  by  Employer  or  an
affiliate of Employer, and for a period of two (2) years after the expiration or
earlier termination for any reason of her employment by Employer or an affiliate
of  Employer,  Employee  shall not  directly  or  indirectly  solicit  or divert
employment  of  any  employee  of  Employer's  business  or  employ  any  person
previously employed by Employer.

                       B.  During  Employee's   employment  by  Employer  or  an
affiliate of Employer, and for a period of two (2) years after the expiration or
earlier termination for any reason of her employment by Employer or an affiliate
of  Employer,  Employee  shall not  directly or  indirectly  solicit,  divert or
convert,  or assist  another  person or entity to  solicit,  divert or  convert,
Employer's customers to any other company or entity providing  substantially the
same or competitive services or products as Employer or Employer's subsidiaries.

                       C.  During  Employee's   employment  by  Employer  or  an
affiliate of Employer, and for a period of two (2) years after the expiration or
earlier  termination  of  Employee's  employment  by Employer or an affiliate of
Employer for any reason other than Employer's  termination of Employee  "without
cause" pursuant to Section 8(B) hereof, Employee shall not within the geographic
area specified below engage in any business or perform any services, directly or
indirectly,  in  competition  with the business of Employer or any subsidiary of
Employer,  or have any  interest,  whether as a proprietor,  partner,  employee,
stockholder (directly or beneficially),  principal, agent, consultant, director,
officer,  or in any other capacity or manner whatsoever,  in any enterprise that
shall so engage;  except that Employee  shall be permitted to own for investment
purposes  only,  directly or  beneficially,  up to (but not more than) 2% in the
aggregate of the stock of a competing  corporation which is publicly-traded on a
national  stock  exchange  or the  NASDAQ  National  Market  System,  so long as
Employee is not a controlling  person of, or a member of a group that  controls,
such  corporation and Employee is not otherwise  affiliated in any capacity with
such corporation. The restrictions of this Section

                                                         3

<PAGE>



6(C) shall  apply  everywhere  within a 25 mile  radius of each  location  where
Employer (or any  subsidiary  of Employer)  maintains an office or branch at any
time during the term of this Agreement.

         7.            Reasonableness, Enforceability and Remedies.

                       A.  Employee  has  carefully   read  and  considered  the
provisions  of  Sections  5, 6, and 7,  and,  having  done so,  agrees  that the
restrictions  set forth in these  Sections,  including,  but not limited to, the
time period of restriction  and geographic  limitations  set forth in Section 6,
are fair and reasonable  and are  reasonably  required for the protection of the
interests of Employer and its officers, directors, shareholders,  employees, and
affiliates.

                       B. In the event that,  notwithstanding the foregoing, any
of the  provisions  of Sections 5, 6, or 7 or any parts thereof shall be held to
be invalid or  unenforceable,  the  remaining  provisions or parts thereof shall
nevertheless  continue  to be valid and  enforceable  as though  the  invalid or
unenforceable portions or parts had not been included therein. In the event that
any provision of Sections 5 or 6 relating to the time period  and/or  geographic
restrictions  and/or  related  aspects shall be declared by a court of competent
jurisdiction to exceed the maximum  restrictiveness  such court deems reasonable
and enforceable,  the time period and/or geographic  restrictions and/or related
aspects  deemed  reasonable  and  enforceable  by the  court  shall  become  and
thereafter be the maximum  restriction in such regard, and the restriction shall
remain enforceable to the fullest extent deemed reasonable by such court.

                       C.  Employee  acknowledges  that the  services  she is to
render are of a special and unusual  character  with a unique value to Employer,
the loss of which cannot  adequately be  compensated  by damages in an action at
law.  In the event of a breach or  threatened  breach by  Employee of any of the
provisions  of Sections 5 or 6,  Employer,  in addition to and not in limitation
of, any other  rights,  remedies,  or damages  available to Employer  under this
Agreement,  shall be entitled to a permanent  injunction  in order to prevent or
restrain  any  such  breach  by  Employee  or by  Employee's  partners,  agents,
representatives,  servants, employers, employees, consulting clients, and/or any
and all persons directly or indirectly acting for or with her.

                       D.  Employee  covenants  and  agrees  that  if she  shall
violate any of her covenants or agreements under Sections 5 or 6, Employer shall
be entitled to: (i) an accounting  and  repayment of all profits,  compensation,
commissions,   remuneration,   or  other  benefits  that  Employee  directly  or
indirectly has realized and/or may realize as a result of, growing out of, or in
connection  with, any such  violation;  (ii) recover actual damages  incurred by
Employer  or its  affiliates  as a  result  of any  such  violation;  (iii)  any
injunctive  relief to which Employer is or may be entitled at law, in equity, or
under this Agreement;  and (iv) exercise its other rights respecting a breach of
this  Agreement as set forth herein.  The remedies set forth herein shall not be
the sole and exclusive  remedies to which  Employer is entitled for violation of
Sections 5 or 6.

                       E.  Employee's  obligations  under Sections 5 and 6 shall
survive any termination of Employee's employment hereunder.


                                                         4

<PAGE>



         8.            Termination

                       A.  For  Cause By  Employer.  Notwithstanding  any  other
provision  hereof,  Employer  may  terminate  Employee's  employment  under this
Agreement  immediately  at any time for "cause."  For  purposes  hereof the term
"cause"  shall  include,  but not be limited  to, the  commission  of any of the
following by Employee: dishonesty; theft; unethical business conduct; indictment
for a felony;  indictment for a misdemeanor  involving moral turpitude;  drug or
alcohol  addiction or abuse;  incompetence in the performance of material duties
on behalf of Employer;  violation of the terms and provisions of this Agreement;
willful or  recurring  insubordination;  failure to attempt,  in good faith,  to
comply with reasonable instructions of Employer;  material violation by Employee
of any federal or state banking law, rule or regulation;  causing or permitting,
whether intentionally or negligently, Employer to materially violate any federal
or state banking law,  rule or  regulation;  or if Employee is suspended  and/or
temporarily  prohibited  from  participating  in the  conduct of the  affairs of
Employer or any  subsidiary  of Employer by notice  served under Section 8(e) of
the  Federal  Deposit   Insurance  Act  (12  U.S.C.,   Section  1818  (e)).  All
compensation  (including without limitation the Base Salary, and all perquisites
and fringe  benefits) to which Employee would otherwise be entitled (for periods
after  the  effective  date of  such  termination)  shall  be  discontinued  and
forfeited as of the effective date of such termination.

                       B. Without Cause By Employer. Employer may terminate this
Agreement  "without  cause"  upon  thirty  (30)  days  prior  written  notice to
Employee. In the event of such termination,  all compensation (including without
limitation the Base Salary and any perquisites and fringe  benefits,  if any) to
which Employee would otherwise be entitled (for periods after the effective date
of the termination) shall be discontinued and forfeited as of the effective date
of  such  termination.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in the  event  of such
termination by Employer without cause, the following shall occur:

                                (i)  Employee  shall  be  paid a cash  lump  sum
severance  payment  equal to the amount of the Base Salary as defined in Section
4(A) which would be payable to Employee  during the  remaining  initial  term of
this Agreement if Employee's employment hereunder was not terminated pursuant to
this Section 8(B);

                                (ii) Employee  shall receive from  Employer,  at
Employer's expense,  all benefits set forth in Section 4(F) until the expiration
of the initial  term of this  Agreement;  provided  however,  during such period
should a third party provide any such benefit to Employee, Employer's obligation
pursuant to this  paragraph to provide the fringe  benefit  provide by the third
party shall be reduced by the amount and to the extent  such  fringe  benefit is
provided to Employee by such third party; and

                                (iii)  Employee  shall  receive the title to the
automobile described in Section 4(D) hereof.

                       C. Termination By Employee.  Employee may with or without
cause  terminate  this  Agreement  upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to
Employer. In the event of such termination,  all compensation (including without
limitation the Base Salary,  and all perquisites  and fringe  benefits) to which
Employee  would  otherwise be entitled (for periods after the effective  date of
such  termination)  shall be discontinued and forfeited as of the effective date
of such  termination.  Employee's  death  shall be  deemed  termination  of this
Agreement pursuant to this Section 8(C).

                                                         5

<PAGE>



                       D. Disability.  In the event of the Employee's disability
during  employment  under this Agreement,  then employment  under this Agreement
shall terminate. For purposes of this Agreement, except as provided hereinbelow,
"disability"  shall mean the  inability  of  Employee,  due to sickness or other
incapacity, to perform her duties under this Agreement for a period in excess of
ninety (90)  substantially  consecutive  days.  Such  termination  shall  become
effective at  Employer's  election  upon the  expiration of such ninety (90) day
period of disability. Upon termination of employment under this Agreement due to
Employee's disability,  all compensation  (including without limitation the Base
Salary,  and all  perquisites  and  fringe  benefits)  to which  Employee  would
otherwise be entitled (for periods after the effective date of such termination)
shall  be  discontinued   and  forfeited  as  of  the  effective  date  of  such
termination.

         9. Annual Review. On or about each anniversary date of the date of this
Agreement,  during the term of this  Agreement,  this  Agreement,  including the
compensation  provisions  of Section 4, shall be  reviewed by the  Employer  and
Employee;  provided,  however, neither party shall have any obligation to modify
this Agreement, and no amendment or other modification hereof shall be effective
unless mutually agreed to by the parties in writing.

         10.  Grant of Stock  Option.  As a material  inducement  to Employee to
enter into this Agreement, Employer shall grant to Employee on the Granting Date
(as defined  hereinbelow),  pursuant to that certain Incentive Stock Option Plan
adopted by the Employer on May 16, 1994 (the "Plan"), a stock option to purchase
pursuant to the terms of the Plan a total of Fifteen Thousand (15,000) shares of
Employer's  capital stock (the "Option  Shares");  provided  however,  if on the
Granting Date (as defined  hereinbelow) the Employee's  employment with Employer
hereunder has  terminated  for any reason,  Employer's  obligation to grant such
option to Employee shall be null, void and without effect.  Subject to the terms
and  limitations  set forth in this Section 10, on the Granting Date (as defined
hereinbelow)  the Employer and Employee  shall  execute and deliver an Incentive
Stock Option Agreement in the form  contemplated by the Plan. The purchase price
per Option Share shall be equal to the price per share of the Employer's  common
stock sold by the  Employer  pursuant  to that  certain  proposed  public  stock
offering of  approximately  $4,500,000 to $7,020,000  anticipated  to take place
during 1995 (the "Public  Offering").  For purposes hereof,  the "Granting Date"
shall be the date upon which the first share of Employer's  common stock is sold
by Employer pursuant to the Public Offering. Employee may not transfer or assign
any right or interest in this proposed option in whole or in part.

         11. Burden and Benefit. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall
inure to the benefit of,  Employer and  Employee,  and their  respective  heirs,
personal and legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns.

         12. Assignment. This Agreement and any rights hereunder are personal to
Employee  and  shall not be  assigned  or  otherwise  transferred  by  Employee.
Employer  shall  be  entitled  to  assign  this  Agreement  to  any  corporation
controlled by Employer.

         13. Governing Law/Jurisdiction.  The construction and interpretation of
this Agreement shall at all times and in all respects be governed by the laws of
the State of South  Carolina.  The parties hereby (i) agree that any litigation,
action  or  proceeding  arising  out of or  relating  to this  Agreement  may be
instituted  in a state or  federal  court in the State of South  Carolina,  (ii)
waives  any  objection  which  it  might  have  now or  hereafter  to  any  such
litigation,  action or  proceeding  based upon  improper  venue or  inconvenient
forum, and (iii)  irrevocably  submits to the jurisdiction of such courts in any
such litigation, action or proceeding. For all

                                                         6

<PAGE>



purposes of this  Agreement,  the parties  hereby  further agree that service of
process upon any party may be effected pursuant to United States mail.

         14.  Usage.  The  section  and  paragraph  headings  contained  in this
Agreement  are for  reference  purposes only and shall not affect in any way the
meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Term such as "hereof", "hereunder",
"hereto", "herein", and words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement in
its  entirety  and all  references  shall  refer to  specified  portions of this
Agreement, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

         15.  Severability.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable,  and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any one or more of the
provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity and enforceability of
the other  provisions.  Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing or of
Section 7, each provision,  sub-provision, part, and sub-part of Sections 6 or 7
shall be deemed severable.

         16. Survival. Employee's obligations pursuant to Section 5 and 6 hereof
shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

         17.  Modifications.  This  Agreement  can only be modified by a written
agreement  duly signed by  authorized  representatives  of the  parties  hereto.
Moreover,  in order to avoid  uncertainty,  ambiguity and  misunderstandings  in
their relationships, the parties hereto covenant and agree not to enter into any
oral agreement or understanding inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement;
and the parties  hereto further  covenant and agree that any oral  communication
allegedly or purportedly  constituting such an agreement or understanding  shall
be absolutely null, void and without effect.

         18.  Waiver.  Any  waiver by either  party of any breach or any term or
condition  hereof shall be effective  only if in writing and such writing  shall
not be  deemed  to be a  waiver  of any  subsequent  or  other  breach,  term or
condition of this Agreement.

         19. No Inference  Against Author.  No provision of this Agreement shall
be interpreted against any party because such party or its legal  representative
drafted such provision.

         20. Notice. Any notice,  request,  approval,  consent,  demand or other
communication  hereunder  shall be effective if in writing and upon the first to
occur of the  following:  (i) upon  receipt  by the party to whom  such  notice,
request,  approval,  consent,  demand or other  communication is being given; or
(ii) three (3)  business  days  after  being duly  deposited  in the U.S.  Mail,
certified, return receipt requested, and addressed as follows:

                       Employee:
                                           Donna W. Robinson
                                           902 Berkeley Drive
                                           Clemson, South Carolina 29631

                       Employer:           Community Capital Corporation
                                           P.O. Box 218
                                           Greenwood, South Carolina 29648
                                           Attn:  Chairman of the Board


                                                         7

<PAGE>



The parties  hereto may change their  respective  addresses by notice in writing
given to the other party this Agreement.

         21. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and
understanding  by and between  Employer and Employee with respect to the subject
matter  hereof  and  supersedes  all prior and  contemporaneous  written or oral
agreements and representations between the parties with respect thereto.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Employer and  Employee  have duly  executed  this
Agreement under seal to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

IN THE PRESENCE OF:                                EMPLOYEE:


                                                                          (SEAL)
   /s/ Bonnie R. Crowe                             /s/ Donna W. Robinson
Witness                                            Donna W. Robinson


   /s/ David P. Allred
Witness

                                                   EMPLOYER:

                                                   COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION

   /s/ Bonnie R. Crowe
Witness                                                                   (SEAL)
                                                   By:     /s/ W. G. Stevens
                                                      Its: President
   /s/ David P. Allred
Witness



                                                         8

<PAGE>






                                                                    Exhibit
11.1

                                           COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION

                                              PER SHARE COMPUTATIONS

Primary and Fully Diluted Earnings Per Share

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1995            1994           1993
                                                                             ------          -----          ----

<S>                                                                     <C>              <C>             <C>
Net income applicable to primary and fully diluted shares               $   533,868      $  584,856      $ 560,322
Add:  Interest income from assumed
         purchase of securities, net of tax                                 52,666          55,866          -
                                                                             ------          ------        ------
Adjusted net income for fully diluted shares                            $   586,534        $640,722      $ 560,322
                                                                        =   =======        ========      = =======
Shares Outstanding

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (2)                    885,296         594,369       584,566
Aggregate stock equivalents (1) (2)                                         133,880         172,128       125,572
                                                                            -------         -------       -------

     Total common stock and equivalents                                   1,019,176         766,497       710,138
                                                                          =========         =======       =======
Primary and fully diluted income per share
  Income before extraordinary credit                                   $        .58   $         .84   $       .72
  Cumulative effect of accounting change                                                                      .07
  Net income                                                                    .58             .84           .79
</TABLE>



(1) Computed  using the treasury  stock method  modified for the  aggregate  20%
    limitation.
(2) Restated for the effects of 5% stock dividends in 1995, 1994 and 1993.


<PAGE>





                                                   EXHIBIT 22.1

                                   SUBSIDIARIES OF COMMUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION


Greenwood Bank & Trust

Clemson Bank & Trust

GNB Mortgage Company (inactive)


<PAGE>




                                                   EXHIBIT 24.1

                                                 POWER OF ATTORNEY


          KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  an  officer
and/or  director  of  GREENWOOD  NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   a  South  Carolina
corporation  (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"),  does hereby constitute
and appoint William G. Stevens,  with full power of  substitution,  his true and
lawful  attorney and agent, to do any and all acts and things and to execute any
and all  instruments  which  said  attorney  and  agent  may deem  necessary  or
advisable  to enable the Company to comply with the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Act"), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") in respect  thereof,  in
connection with the filing under the Act of the Company's  Annual Report on Form
10-K for the  Company's  fiscal year ended  December  31,  1995,  including  all
amendments  thereto (the "Form 10-K"), and including  specifically,  but without
limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  the power and authority to sign for
and on behalf of the  undersigned  the name of the undersigned as officer and/or
director  of the Company to the Form 10-K filed with the  Commission  and to any
instrument  or document  filed as a part of, as an exhibit to, or in  connection
with said Form 10-K; and the  undersigned  does hereby ratify and confirm as his
own act and deed all that said  attorney  and agent shall do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  has subscribed  these presents,
this 27th day of March, 1996.



                                               Signature:   /S/ DAVID P. ALLRED

                                               Print Name:   David P. Allred


[ORIGINAL EXECUTED SIGNATURE PAGE IS ON FILE WITH COMMUNITY CAPITAL
CORPORATION.]


<PAGE>



                                                 POWER OF ATTORNEY


          KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  an  officer
and/or  director  of  GREENWOOD  NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   a  South  Carolina
corporation  (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"),  does hereby constitute
and appoint William G. Stevens,  with full power of  substitution,  his true and
lawful  attorney and agent, to do any and all acts and things and to execute any
and all  instruments  which  said  attorney  and  agent  may deem  necessary  or
advisable  to enable the Company to comply with the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Act"), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") in respect  thereof,  in
connection with the filing under the Act of the Company's  Annual Report on Form
10-K for the  Company's  fiscal year ended  December  31,  1995,  including  all
amendments  thereto (the "Form 10-K"), and including  specifically,  but without
limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  the power and authority to sign for
and on behalf of the  undersigned  the name of the undersigned as officer and/or
director  of the Company to the Form 10-K filed with the  Commission  and to any
instrument  or document  filed as a part of, as an exhibit to, or in  connection
with said Form 10-K; and the  undersigned  does hereby ratify and confirm as his
own act and deed all that said  attorney  and agent shall do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  has subscribed  these presents,
this 27th day of March, 1996.



                                               Signature:  /S/ ROBERT C. COLEMAN

                                               Print Name:   Robert C. Coleman

[ORIGINAL EXECUTED SIGNATURE PAGE IS ON FILE WITH COMMUNITY CAPITAL 
CORPORATION.]




<PAGE>



                                                 POWER OF ATTORNEY


          KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  an  officer
and/or  director  of  GREENWOOD  NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   a  South  Carolina
corporation  (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"),  does hereby constitute
and appoint William G. Stevens,  with full power of  substitution,  his true and
lawful  attorney and agent, to do any and all acts and things and to execute any
and all  instruments  which  said  attorney  and  agent  may deem  necessary  or
advisable  to enable the Company to comply with the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Act"), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") in respect  thereof,  in
connection with the filing under the Act of the Company's  Annual Report on Form
10-K for the  Company's  fiscal year ended  December  31,  1995,  including  all
amendments  thereto (the "Form 10-K"), and including  specifically,  but without
limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  the power and authority to sign for
and on behalf of the  undersigned  the name of the undersigned as officer and/or
director  of the Company to the Form 10-K filed with the  Commission  and to any
instrument  or document  filed as a part of, as an exhibit to, or in  connection
with said Form 10-K; and the  undersigned  does hereby ratify and confirm as his
own act and deed all that said  attorney  and agent shall do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  has subscribed  these presents,
this 27th day of March, 1996.



                                               Signature:  /S/  JOHN W. DRUMMOND

                                               Print Name: John W. Drummond


[ORIGINAL EXECUTED SIGNATURE PAGE IS ON FILE WITH COMMUNITY CAPITAL
CORPORATION.]


<PAGE>



                                                 POWER OF ATTORNEY


          KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  an  officer
and/or  director  of  GREENWOOD  NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   a  South  Carolina
corporation  (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"),  does hereby constitute
and appoint William G. Stevens,  with full power of  substitution,  his true and
lawful  attorney and agent, to do any and all acts and things and to execute any
and all  instruments  which  said  attorney  and  agent  may deem  necessary  or
advisable  to enable the Company to comply with the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Act"), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") in respect  thereof,  in
connection with the filing under the Act of the Company's  Annual Report on Form
10-K for the  Company's  fiscal year ended  December  31,  1995,  including  all
amendments  thereto (the "Form 10-K"), and including  specifically,  but without
limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  the power and authority to sign for
and on behalf of the  undersigned  the name of the undersigned as officer and/or
director  of the Company to the Form 10-K filed with the  Commission  and to any
instrument  or document  filed as a part of, as an exhibit to, or in  connection
with said Form 10-K; and the  undersigned  does hereby ratify and confirm as his
own act and deed all that said  attorney  and agent shall do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  has subscribed  these presents,
this 27th day of March, 1996.



                                           Signature: /S/ WAYNE Q. JUSTESEN, JR.

                                           Print Name:    Wayne Q. Justesen, Jr.


[ORIGINAL EXECUTED SIGNATURE PAGE IS ON FILE WITH COMMUNITY CAPITAL
 CORPORATION.]


<PAGE>






                                                 POWER OF ATTORNEY


          KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  an  officer
and/or  director  of  GREENWOOD  NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   a  South  Carolina
corporation  (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"),  does hereby constitute
and appoint William G. Stevens,  with full power of  substitution,  his true and
lawful  attorney and agent, to do any and all acts and things and to execute any
and all  instruments  which  said  attorney  and  agent  may deem  necessary  or
advisable  to enable the Company to comply with the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Act"), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") in respect  thereof,  in
connection with the filing under the Act of the Company's  Annual Report on Form
10-K for the  Company's  fiscal year ended  December  31,  1995,  including  all
amendments  thereto (the "Form 10-K"), and including  specifically,  but without
limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  the power and authority to sign for
and on behalf of the  undersigned  the name of the undersigned as officer and/or
director  of the Company to the Form 10-K filed with the  Commission  and to any
instrument  or document  filed as a part of, as an exhibit to, or in  connection
with said Form 10-K; and the  undersigned  does hereby ratify and confirm as his
own act and deed all that said  attorney  and agent shall do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  has subscribed  these presents,
this 27th day of March, 1996.



                                                  Signature: /S/ THOMAS C. LYNCH

                                                  Print Name:   Thomas C. Lynch


[ORIGINAL EXECUTED SIGNATURE PAGE IS ON FILE WITH COMMUNITY CAPITAL
CORPORATION.]



<PAGE>



                                                 POWER OF ATTORNEY


          KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  an  officer
and/or  director  of  GREENWOOD  NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   a  South  Carolina
corporation  (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"),  does hereby constitute
and appoint William G. Stevens,  with full power of  substitution,  his true and
lawful  attorney and agent, to do any and all acts and things and to execute any
and all  instruments  which  said  attorney  and  agent  may deem  necessary  or
advisable  to enable the Company to comply with the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Act"), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") in respect  thereof,  in
connection with the filing under the Act of the Company's  Annual Report on Form
10-K for the  Company's  fiscal year ended  December  31,  1995,  including  all
amendments  thereto (the "Form 10-K"), and including  specifically,  but without
limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  the power and authority to sign for
and on behalf of the  undersigned  the name of the undersigned as officer and/or
director  of the Company to the Form 10-K filed with the  Commission  and to any
instrument  or document  filed as a part of, as an exhibit to, or in  connection
with said Form 10-K; and the  undersigned  does hereby ratify and confirm as his
own act and deed all that said  attorney  and agent shall do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  has subscribed  these presents,
this 27th day of March, 1996.



                                            Signature:   /S/ H. EDWARD MUNNERLYN

                                            Print Name:  H. Edward Munnerlyn


[ORIGINAL EXECUTED SIGNATURE PAGE IS ON FILE WITH COMMUNITY CAPITAL
CORPORATION.]


<PAGE>



                                                 POWER OF ATTORNEY


          KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  an  officer
and/or  director  of  GREENWOOD  NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   a  South  Carolina
corporation  (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"),  does hereby constitute
and appoint William G. Stevens,  with full power of  substitution,  his true and
lawful  attorney and agent, to do any and all acts and things and to execute any
and all  instruments  which  said  attorney  and  agent  may deem  necessary  or
advisable  to enable the Company to comply with the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Act"), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") in respect  thereof,  in
connection with the filing under the Act of the Company's  Annual Report on Form
10-K for the  Company's  fiscal year ended  December  31,  1995,  including  all
amendments  thereto (the "Form 10-K"), and including  specifically,  but without
limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  the power and authority to sign for
and on behalf of the  undersigned  the name of the undersigned as officer and/or
director  of the Company to the Form 10-K filed with the  Commission  and to any
instrument  or document  filed as a part of, as an exhibit to, or in  connection
with said Form 10-K; and the  undersigned  does hereby ratify and confirm as his
own act and deed all that said  attorney  and agent shall do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  has subscribed  these presents,
this 27th day of March, 1996.



                                                 Signature:   /S/ GEORGE B. PARK

                                                 Print Name:    George B. Park


[ORIGINAL EXECUTED SIGNATURE PAGE IS ON FILE WITH COMMUNITY CAPITAL
CORPORATION.]





<PAGE>



                                                 POWER OF ATTORNEY


          KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  an  officer
and/or  director  of  GREENWOOD  NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   a  South  Carolina
corporation  (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"),  does hereby constitute
and appoint William G. Stevens,  with full power of  substitution,  his true and
lawful  attorney and agent, to do any and all acts and things and to execute any
and all  instruments  which  said  attorney  and  agent  may deem  necessary  or
advisable  to enable the Company to comply with the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Act"), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") in respect  thereof,  in
connection with the filing under the Act of the Company's  Annual Report on Form
10-K for the  Company's  fiscal year ended  December  31,  1995,  including  all
amendments  thereto (the "Form 10-K"), and including  specifically,  but without
limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  the power and authority to sign for
and on behalf of the  undersigned  the name of the undersigned as officer and/or
director  of the Company to the Form 10-K filed with the  Commission  and to any
instrument  or document  filed as a part of, as an exhibit to, or in  connection
with said Form 10-K; and the  undersigned  does hereby ratify and confirm as his
own act and deed all that said  attorney  and agent shall do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  has subscribed  these presents,
this 27th day of March, 1996.



                                              Signature:   /S/ DONNA W. ROBINSON

                                              Print Name: Donna W. Robinson

[ORIGINAL EXECUTED SIGNATURE PAGE IS ON FILE WITH COMMUNITY CAPITAL
CORPORATION.]





<PAGE>



                                                 POWER OF ATTORNEY


          KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  an  officer
and/or  director  of  GREENWOOD  NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   a  South  Carolina
corporation  (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"),  does hereby constitute
and appoint William G. Stevens,  with full power of  substitution,  his true and
lawful  attorney and agent, to do any and all acts and things and to execute any
and all  instruments  which  said  attorney  and  agent  may deem  necessary  or
advisable  to enable the Company to comply with the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Act"), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") in respect  thereof,  in
connection with the filing under the Act of the Company's  Annual Report on Form
10-K for the  Company's  fiscal year ended  December  31,  1995,  including  all
amendments  thereto (the "Form 10-K"), and including  specifically,  but without
limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  the power and authority to sign for
and on behalf of the  undersigned  the name of the undersigned as officer and/or
director  of the Company to the Form 10-K filed with the  Commission  and to any
instrument  or document  filed as a part of, as an exhibit to, or in  connection
with said Form 10-K; and the  undersigned  does hereby ratify and confirm as his
own act and deed all that said  attorney  and agent shall do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  has subscribed  these presents,
this 27th day of March, 1996.



                                              Signature:   /S/ GEORGE D. RODGERS

                                              Print Name: George D. Rodgers


[ORIGINAL EXECUTED SIGNATURE PAGE IS ON FILE WITH COMMUNITY CAPITAL
CORPORATION.]




<PAGE>



                                                 POWER OF ATTORNEY


          KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  an  officer
and/or  director  of  GREENWOOD  NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   a  South  Carolina
corporation  (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"),  does hereby constitute
and appoint William G. Stevens,  with full power of  substitution,  his true and
lawful  attorney and agent, to do any and all acts and things and to execute any
and all  instruments  which  said  attorney  and  agent  may deem  necessary  or
advisable  to enable the Company to comply with the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Act"), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") in respect  thereof,  in
connection with the filing under the Act of the Company's  Annual Report on Form
10-K for the  Company's  fiscal year ended  December  31,  1995,  including  all
amendments  thereto (the "Form 10-K"), and including  specifically,  but without
limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  the power and authority to sign for
and on behalf of the  undersigned  the name of the undersigned as officer and/or
director  of the Company to the Form 10-K filed with the  Commission  and to any
instrument  or document  filed as a part of, as an exhibit to, or in  connection
with said Form 10-K; and the  undersigned  does hereby ratify and confirm as his
own act and deed all that said  attorney  and agent shall do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  has subscribed  these presents,
this 27th day of March, 1996.



                                              Signature:   /S/ CHARLES J. ROGERS

                                              Print Name:  Charles J. Rogers

[ORIGINAL EXECUTED SIGNATURE PAGE IS ON FILE WITH COMMUNITY CAPITAL
CORPORATION.]





<PAGE>



                                                 POWER OF ATTORNEY


          KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  an  officer
and/or  director  of  GREENWOOD  NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   a  South  Carolina
corporation  (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"),  does hereby constitute
and appoint William G. Stevens,  with full power of  substitution,  his true and
lawful  attorney and agent, to do any and all acts and things and to execute any
and all  instruments  which  said  attorney  and  agent  may deem  necessary  or
advisable  to enable the Company to comply with the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Act"), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") in respect  thereof,  in
connection with the filing under the Act of the Company's  Annual Report on Form
10-K for the  Company's  fiscal year ended  December  31,  1995,  including  all
amendments  thereto (the "Form 10-K"), and including  specifically,  but without
limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  the power and authority to sign for
and on behalf of the  undersigned  the name of the undersigned as officer and/or
director  of the Company to the Form 10-K filed with the  Commission  and to any
instrument  or document  filed as a part of, as an exhibit to, or in  connection
with said Form 10-K; and the  undersigned  does hereby ratify and confirm as his
own act and deed all that said  attorney  and agent shall do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  has subscribed  these presents,
this 27th day of March, 1996.



                                              Signature:   /S/ THOMAS E. SKELTON

                                              Print Name: Thomas E. Skelton


[ORIGINAL EXECUTED SIGNATURE PAGE IS ON FILE WITH COMMUNITY CAPITAL
CORPORATION.]




<PAGE>


                                                 POWER OF ATTORNEY


          KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  an  officer
and/or  director  of  GREENWOOD  NATIONAL   BANCORPORATION,   a  South  Carolina
corporation  (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"),  does hereby constitute
and appoint William G. Stevens,  with full power of  substitution,  his true and
lawful  attorney and agent, to do any and all acts and things and to execute any
and all  instruments  which  said  attorney  and  agent  may deem  necessary  or
advisable  to enable the Company to comply with the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Act"), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") in respect  thereof,  in
connection with the filing under the Act of the Company's  Annual Report on Form
10-K for the  Company's  fiscal year ended  December  31,  1995,  including  all
amendments  thereto (the "Form 10-K"), and including  specifically,  but without
limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  the power and authority to sign for
and on behalf of the  undersigned  the name of the undersigned as officer and/or
director  of the Company to the Form 10-K filed with the  Commission  and to any
instrument  or document  filed as a part of, as an exhibit to, or in  connection
with said Form 10-K; and the  undersigned  does hereby ratify and confirm as his
own act and deed all that said  attorney  and agent shall do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  has subscribed  these presents,
this 27th day of March, 1996.



                                                Signature:   /S/  LEX D. WALTERS

                                                Print Name:  Lex D. Walters


[ORIGINAL EXECUTED SIGNATURE PAGE IS ON FILE WITH COMMUNITY CAPITAL
CORPORATION.]




<PAGE>






© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission